CA2218360A1 - Nitric oxide synthase inhibitors derived from cyclic amidines - Google Patents
Nitric oxide synthase inhibitors derived from cyclic amidines Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2218360A1 CA2218360A1 CA002218360A CA2218360A CA2218360A1 CA 2218360 A1 CA2218360 A1 CA 2218360A1 CA 002218360 A CA002218360 A CA 002218360A CA 2218360 A CA2218360 A CA 2218360A CA 2218360 A1 CA2218360 A1 CA 2218360A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- hydrogen
- hydroxy
- aryl
- amino
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/55—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/02—Non-specific cardiovascular stimulants, e.g. drugs for syncope, antihypotensives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D207/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D207/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D207/24—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/68—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D211/72—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/68—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D211/72—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/74—Oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D223/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D223/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D223/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D223/12—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D243/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D243/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 4
- C07D243/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 4 not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D267/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings of more than six members having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D267/02—Seven-membered rings
- C07D267/08—Seven-membered rings having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 4
- C07D267/10—Seven-membered rings having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 4 not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/10—Spiro-condensed systems
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Low-Molecular Organic Synthesis Reactions Using Catalysts (AREA)
Abstract
Compounds having formula (I) wherein R1, R5, R6 and R7 are hydrogen or certain specified substituents; R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, hydroxy or alkoxy; and X, A and B are independently NR2, O, S, SO, SO2, CH=CH or (CH2)p, p being 0-6; are useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors.
Description
WO 96135677 PCT/US9''~6~1 N~ tric Oxide Syntha~e Tr~h; ~itors~
Deri~red from Cyclic Amidine~
..
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/438,321, filed May 10, 1995, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference.
Field of the Invention The present invention relates to amidino derivative compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing these novel compounds, and to their use in therapy, in particular their use as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors.
R~ckarollnd of the Invention It has been known since the early 1980's that the vascular relaxation brought about by acetylcholine is dependent on the presence of the endothelium and this activity was ascribed to a labile humoral factor termed endothelium-derived relaxing factor (EDRF). The activity of nitric oxide (NO) as a vasodilator has been known for well over 100 years and NO is the active component of amyl nitrite, glyceryl trinitrate and other nitrovasodilators. The recent identification of EDRF as NO has coincided with the discovery of a biochemical pathway by which NO is synthesized from the amino acid L-arginine by the enzyme NO synthase.
NO is the endogenous stimulator of the soluble guanylate cyclase and is involved in a number of biological actions in addition to endothelium-dependent relaxation including cytotoxicity of phagocytic cells and cell-to-cell communicatio-.
in the central nervous system ~see Moncada et al, Biochemical Pharmacolo~v, 38, 1709-1715 (1989) and Moncada et al, ph~rmacolo~ical Reviews, 43, 109-142 (1991).
It is now thought that excess NO production may be involved in a number of conditions, partic~llarly conditions which involve CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096l3S677 PCT~S9G~'~ ' systemic hypotension such as toxic shock and therapy wi_h certain cytokines.
The synthesis of NO from L-arginine can be inhibited by the ~-arginine analogue, L-N-monomethyl-arginine (L-NMMA) and the therapeutic use of L-NMMA for the treatment of toxic shock and other types of systemic hypotension has been proposed (WO
91/04024 and GB-A-2240041). The therapeutic use of certain other NO synthase inhibitors apart from L-NMMA for the same ?urpo.se has also been proposed in WO 91/04024 and in EP-A-0446699.
It has recently become apparent that there are at least three types of NO synthase as follows:
(i) a constitutive, Ca++/calmodulin dependent enzyme, loc~ted in the endothelium, that releases NO in response to receptor or physical stimulation.
(ii) a constitutive, Ca++/calmodulin dependent enzyme, located in the brain, that releases NO in response to receptor or physical stimulation.
(iii) a Ca++ independent enzyme which is induced after activation of vascular smooth muscle, macrophages, endothelial cells, and a number of other cells by endotoxin and cytokines.
Once expressed this inducible NO synthase synthesizes NO for long periods.
The NO released by the constitutive enzymes acts as a transduction mechanism underlying several physiological responses. The NO produced by the inducible enzyme is a cytotoxic molecule for tumor cells and invading microorganisms.
It also appears that the adverse effects of excess NO
production, in particular pathological vasodilation and tissue damage, may result largely from the effects of NO synthesized by the inducible NO synthase.
There is also a growing body of evidence that NO may be involved in the degeneration of cartilage which takes place in certain conditions such as arthritis and it is also known that NO synthesis is increased in rheumatoid arthritis. Accordingly, W O 96/3S677 PC~rrUS96/06831 urther conditions in which there is an advantage ~n inhiDiting NO production from L-arginine inciude autoimmune and/or inflammatory conditions affecting the joints, for example ar~hri~is, inflammatory bowel disease, cardiovascular ischemia, diabetes, hyperalgesia (allodynia), cerebral ischemia (both focal ischemia, thrombotic stroke and global ischemia, secondary to cardiac arrest), ar.d other CNS disorders mediated by N0, including opiate tolerance in patients needing protracted opiate analgesics, benzodiazepine tolerance in patients taking benzodiazepines, and other addictive behaviors for example nicotine and eating disorder.
Further conditions in which there is an advantage in inhibiting NO production from L-arginine include systemic hypotension associated with septic and/or toxic shock induced by a wide variety of agents; therapy with cytokines such as TNF, IL-1 and IL-2; and as an adjuvant to short term ;mml-nosuppression in transplant therapy. Further conditions in whi.ch there is an advantage in inhibiting NO production from L-arginine include autoimmune diseases and/or inflammatoryconditions such as those affecting the joints, for example arthritis or ARDS or inflammatory bowel disease, or asthma, cardiovascular ischemia, congestive heart failure, myocarditis, artherosclerosis, migraine, reflux esophagitis, diarrhea, irritable bowel syndrome, cystic fibrosis, emphysema, and diabetes.
Some of the NO synthase inhibitors proposed for therapeutic use so far, and in particular L-NMMA, are non-selective in that ~hey inhibit both the constitutive and the inducible NO
synthase. Use of such a non-selective NO synthase inhibitor requires that great care be taken in order to avoid the potentially serious consequences of over-inhibition of the constitutive NO-synthase including hypertension and possible thrombosis and tissue damage. In particular, in the case of the therapeutic use of L-NMMA for the treatment of toxic shock t has been reComm~n~e~ that the patient must be subject to continuous blood pressure monitoring throughout the trea~ment.
Thus, while non-selective NO synthase inhibitors have therapeutic utility provided that appropriate precautions are taken, N0 synthase inhibitors which are selective in the sense that they inhibit the inducible N0 synthase to a considerably greater e~tent than the constitutive is~forms of No synthase would be of even greater therapeutic benefit and easier to use.
W094/12165, W094/14780, W093/13055, EP0446699A1 and U.S.
Patent No. 5,132,453 disclose compounds that inhibit nitric oxide synthesis and preferentially inhibit the inducible iso~orm o~ nitric o~ide synthase. The disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by re~erence in their entirety as if written herein.
WO-A 9511231 discloses cyclic amidino derivatives of the formula R ~
Deri~red from Cyclic Amidine~
..
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/438,321, filed May 10, 1995, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference.
Field of the Invention The present invention relates to amidino derivative compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing these novel compounds, and to their use in therapy, in particular their use as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors.
R~ckarollnd of the Invention It has been known since the early 1980's that the vascular relaxation brought about by acetylcholine is dependent on the presence of the endothelium and this activity was ascribed to a labile humoral factor termed endothelium-derived relaxing factor (EDRF). The activity of nitric oxide (NO) as a vasodilator has been known for well over 100 years and NO is the active component of amyl nitrite, glyceryl trinitrate and other nitrovasodilators. The recent identification of EDRF as NO has coincided with the discovery of a biochemical pathway by which NO is synthesized from the amino acid L-arginine by the enzyme NO synthase.
NO is the endogenous stimulator of the soluble guanylate cyclase and is involved in a number of biological actions in addition to endothelium-dependent relaxation including cytotoxicity of phagocytic cells and cell-to-cell communicatio-.
in the central nervous system ~see Moncada et al, Biochemical Pharmacolo~v, 38, 1709-1715 (1989) and Moncada et al, ph~rmacolo~ical Reviews, 43, 109-142 (1991).
It is now thought that excess NO production may be involved in a number of conditions, partic~llarly conditions which involve CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096l3S677 PCT~S9G~'~ ' systemic hypotension such as toxic shock and therapy wi_h certain cytokines.
The synthesis of NO from L-arginine can be inhibited by the ~-arginine analogue, L-N-monomethyl-arginine (L-NMMA) and the therapeutic use of L-NMMA for the treatment of toxic shock and other types of systemic hypotension has been proposed (WO
91/04024 and GB-A-2240041). The therapeutic use of certain other NO synthase inhibitors apart from L-NMMA for the same ?urpo.se has also been proposed in WO 91/04024 and in EP-A-0446699.
It has recently become apparent that there are at least three types of NO synthase as follows:
(i) a constitutive, Ca++/calmodulin dependent enzyme, loc~ted in the endothelium, that releases NO in response to receptor or physical stimulation.
(ii) a constitutive, Ca++/calmodulin dependent enzyme, located in the brain, that releases NO in response to receptor or physical stimulation.
(iii) a Ca++ independent enzyme which is induced after activation of vascular smooth muscle, macrophages, endothelial cells, and a number of other cells by endotoxin and cytokines.
Once expressed this inducible NO synthase synthesizes NO for long periods.
The NO released by the constitutive enzymes acts as a transduction mechanism underlying several physiological responses. The NO produced by the inducible enzyme is a cytotoxic molecule for tumor cells and invading microorganisms.
It also appears that the adverse effects of excess NO
production, in particular pathological vasodilation and tissue damage, may result largely from the effects of NO synthesized by the inducible NO synthase.
There is also a growing body of evidence that NO may be involved in the degeneration of cartilage which takes place in certain conditions such as arthritis and it is also known that NO synthesis is increased in rheumatoid arthritis. Accordingly, W O 96/3S677 PC~rrUS96/06831 urther conditions in which there is an advantage ~n inhiDiting NO production from L-arginine inciude autoimmune and/or inflammatory conditions affecting the joints, for example ar~hri~is, inflammatory bowel disease, cardiovascular ischemia, diabetes, hyperalgesia (allodynia), cerebral ischemia (both focal ischemia, thrombotic stroke and global ischemia, secondary to cardiac arrest), ar.d other CNS disorders mediated by N0, including opiate tolerance in patients needing protracted opiate analgesics, benzodiazepine tolerance in patients taking benzodiazepines, and other addictive behaviors for example nicotine and eating disorder.
Further conditions in which there is an advantage in inhibiting NO production from L-arginine include systemic hypotension associated with septic and/or toxic shock induced by a wide variety of agents; therapy with cytokines such as TNF, IL-1 and IL-2; and as an adjuvant to short term ;mml-nosuppression in transplant therapy. Further conditions in whi.ch there is an advantage in inhibiting NO production from L-arginine include autoimmune diseases and/or inflammatoryconditions such as those affecting the joints, for example arthritis or ARDS or inflammatory bowel disease, or asthma, cardiovascular ischemia, congestive heart failure, myocarditis, artherosclerosis, migraine, reflux esophagitis, diarrhea, irritable bowel syndrome, cystic fibrosis, emphysema, and diabetes.
Some of the NO synthase inhibitors proposed for therapeutic use so far, and in particular L-NMMA, are non-selective in that ~hey inhibit both the constitutive and the inducible NO
synthase. Use of such a non-selective NO synthase inhibitor requires that great care be taken in order to avoid the potentially serious consequences of over-inhibition of the constitutive NO-synthase including hypertension and possible thrombosis and tissue damage. In particular, in the case of the therapeutic use of L-NMMA for the treatment of toxic shock t has been reComm~n~e~ that the patient must be subject to continuous blood pressure monitoring throughout the trea~ment.
Thus, while non-selective NO synthase inhibitors have therapeutic utility provided that appropriate precautions are taken, N0 synthase inhibitors which are selective in the sense that they inhibit the inducible N0 synthase to a considerably greater e~tent than the constitutive is~forms of No synthase would be of even greater therapeutic benefit and easier to use.
W094/12165, W094/14780, W093/13055, EP0446699A1 and U.S.
Patent No. 5,132,453 disclose compounds that inhibit nitric oxide synthesis and preferentially inhibit the inducible iso~orm o~ nitric o~ide synthase. The disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by re~erence in their entirety as if written herein.
WO-A 9511231 discloses cyclic amidino derivatives of the formula R ~
2 /~ N ~NR4 which are useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors.
US-A 2 049 582 describes the preparation of acid amidines.
US-A 3 121 093 is related to substituted iminopyrrolidines of the formula R2 R~
Rl ~/~R
which are said to be useful as fungicides.
BRN 39493 describes the preparation of 7-imino-azepane-2-carboxylic acid.
BRN 6143647 describes the preparation of 7-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-<1,4>thiazepan-5-yl-yiidineamine.
BRN 389517 describes the preparation of 6-imino-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl-ester and its amide is disclosed in BRN 388043.
BRN 5981412 describes the preparation of the compound )~ S~
;
HO e ~~=
BRN 778069 describes the preparation of 5-imino-thiomorpholine-3-carboxylic aid.BRN 880305 describes the preparation of (2-imino-1-methyl-hexahydropyridine-4-yl)-acetic acid.
BRN 742055 describes the preparation of piperazine-2-ylidene amine.
BRN 881955 describes the preparation of amino-(2-imino-hexahydro-pyridimidine-4-yl) acetic acid.
E3RN 777936 describes the preparation of 2-imino-hexahydro-pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid.
BRN 507189 describes the preparation of 5-methyl-oxazolidine-2-ylideneamine.
BRN 507962 describes the preparation of 1-isopropyl-pyrazolidine-3-ylideneamine.BRN 5403979 describes the preparation of 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-<1,3>thi~,epine-2-ylamine.
BRN 107123 describes the preparation of 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-<1,3>diazepine-2-ylamine.
BRN 141409 describes the preparation of 3-amino-2,5,6,7-tetrahydro-<1,4>thiazepine-5-carboxylic acid.
BRN 5~08 describes the preparation of 5-amino-3,6-dihydro-2H-<1,4>thiazine-3-carboxylic acid.
Summar~ of the Invention In accordance with the present invention novel ~mi dino derivatives are provided. These novel inhibitor compounds can be represented by the following chemical formula (I):
Rs RSB ~-----~Rl ~N~--N R
. R8 (I) 0 S~
i CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/3S677 PCT~Sg~'OC~l carboxyalkyl, CONR1OR11, S(O)R10, a (O) 2RlO, S02NRl~Rll, PO(OR1O)(OR11), amidino, guanidino;
wherein all said substitutions may be optionally subs~i_uted with one or more of the following: halogen, lower alkyl, am.ino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, ~ carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, S(O)R10, S(O)2R10, amidino, guanidino;
X = NR2, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 6;
A = NR3, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)~, CH=C~;
q = 0 to 6;
B = NR4, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)~, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 6;
R2 = hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, heterocyclyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, thiol, lower thioalkoxy, S(O)R9, S(O)2R9, halogen, nitro, amino, alkylamlno, dialkylamino, Am~oAlkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, alkylaminoaryl, acylamino, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboarylalkyloxy, cyano, aminocarbonylalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonylaminoalkyl, haloalkyl, SO2NRlORll~ wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: lower alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, lower alkoxy;
R5, R6, may optionally be taken together to form an alicyclic hydrocarbon, heterocyclyl or aromatic hydrocarbon and said optionally formed ring may be optionally substituted with one o-more of the following:
lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl which may be optionally substituted with carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboxyalkylaryloxy and lower alkoxy;
6 .
R8 = hydrogen, hydr,oxy, O-Alkyl;
R9 = hydrogen, hydroxy, O-Alkyl;
R10 = hydro~en, lowe~ alkyl, alkylaryl, aryl Rll = hydrogen, lower alkyl, alkylaryl, aryli R1O and Rll, taken together, may be al~ylene, resulting in a N-containing heterocycle;
with the proviso that when A is (CH2)q and B is (CH2)r, then only one of R1, Rs, R6, R7 can be hydrogen;
with the proviso that when R1 is iower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R' is not substituted by cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and aryl, unless one A, or B is NR2, O, S, SO, SO2;
with the proviso that when A and B are(CH2)p or CH=CH, and R1 is lower alkyl, lower aikenyl, lower alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R1 is not substituted by cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or aryl and Rs and R5 are not H;
with the further proviso that when X=CH=CH, A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)V and q+v=2, then none of R1, Rs, R6 and R7 can be carboxy at the 6-position; and with the further proviso that when X=NH, A=(CH2)ql B=(CH2)~ and q+v=4, then none of R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be carboxy at the 7-position.
with the further proviso that when A or B is sulfur, R' cannot be aryl;
with the further proviso that when X=CH2, A=S and B=(CH2)V, and v= 1 or 2, one of R5, R6, and R7 is carboxyl at position 6 if v=1, or position 7 if v=2, then at least one of R', R5, R6 and R' is not hydrogen;
with the further proviso that when A or B is N, at least one of R', R5, R6, and R7 is not H;
with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p, A is (CH2)q, and p+q is 2, and B is N, R4 is not alkyl;
o S~
6a with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p A is (CH2)ql p+q is 3, R1, R5, R6, and R7 are each H, B is not SO2;
with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p, A is (CH2)q, B is (CH2)v and p+q+v is 3, or one of B is CH=CH and p+q is 1, then none of R', R5, R6, and R7 can be a lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl at position 5, and no more than one of R1, R5, R5 and R7 can be alkoxy or cycloalkoxy at the ~position.
S~
,0 ,. . CA 02218360 1997-11-10 .~. . ..
In another broad aspect, the present inventlon is directed to inhibiting nitric oxide synthesis in a subject in need o~
such inhibition or treatment by administering a compound of Formula (I) which preferentially inhibits the inducible iso~orm S o~ nitric oxide synthase over the constitutive iso~orm of nitric oxide synthase, in a nitric oxide synthesis inhibiting amount to such subject.
The invention ~urther relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound ~rom Formula (I)~including those as described above in the 6th to 10th proviso.
Compounds and compositions de~ined above have use~ulness as inhibitors of nitric oxide synthase. These compounds also preferentially inhibit the inducible form.
Conditions in which there is an advantage in inhibiting NO
production ~rom L-arginine in disorders mediated by nitric.oxide including amongst others, systemic hypotension associated with septic and/or toxic shock induced by a wide variety of agents;
20 therapy with cytokines such as TNF, IL-l and IL-2; and as an adjuvant to short term immunosuppression in transplant therapy.
Further conditions in which there is an advantage in inhibiting NO production ~rom L-arginine include autoimmune diseases and/or inflammatory conditions such as those affecting the joints, ~or example arthritis or in~1ammatory bowel disease, cardiovascular ischemia, diabetes, congestive heart ~ailure, myocarditis, artherosclerosis, migraine, reflux esophagitis, diarrhea, irritable bowel syndrome, cystic fibrosis, emphysema, hyperalgesia (allodynia) cerebral ischemia (both focal ischemia, thrombotic.stroke and global ischemia, secondary to cardiac.
arrest) and other CNS disorder mediated by NO, including opiate tolerance in patients needing protracted opiate analgesics, benzodiazepine tolerance in patients taking benzodiazepines, and other addictive behaviors for example nicotine and eating disorder.
, The present invention includes compounds of ~ormula (I) in ~ the form o~ salts, in particular acid addition salts. suitable s al ts include tho s e Eormed wi th b~ th ~rganic and inor~nic WO 96/3S677 PCT/U~ Q~l acids. Sucn acid addi.ion salts will normally be pharmaceutically acceptable although salts of non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be of utilit-~ in the preparation and purification of the compound in question. Thus, preferred salts include those formed from hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, citric, tartaric, phosphoric, lactic, acetic, succinic, fumaric, maleic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, benzenesulfonic and the like.
(See, for example, S. M. Berge et al., Pharmaceutical Salts, J.
10 Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, 1-19.) Salts of the compcunds of formula (I) can be made by reacting the appropriate compound in the form of the free base with the appropriate acid.
While it may be possible for the compounds of formula (I) to be ~m; ni stered as the raw chemical, it is preferable to present them as a pharmaceutical formulation. According to a further aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers thereof and optionally one or more other therapeutic ingredients. The carrier(s) must be "acceptable~ in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
The formulations include those suitable for oral, inhalation, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous and intraarticular), rectal and topical (including dermal, buccal, sublingual and intraocular) 3 0 ~mi ni stration although the most suitable route may depend upon for example the condition and disorder of the recipient. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the ar~
of pharmacy. All methods include the step of bringing into 35 association a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof ("active ingredient") with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and in~imately bringing into association the active ingredient with ' qui~ carr ers or finely divided solid carriers o~ both and then, f necessary, shaping the product into the desired formu ation.
~ormulations of the present invention suitable for oral ~nm; n stration may be presented as discrete units such as capsuies, cachets or tablets each contA;n;ng a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid 2mulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
A tablet may be made by compression or moulding, optlonally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agent. Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable m~ch; ne a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
Formulations for parenteral ~m; n; stration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render ~he formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions whic:-may i-clude suspending agents and thickening agents. The Formu_ations may be presen~ed in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be storea in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requirir.g onl--the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example, salir.ewater-for-injection, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injec~ion solutions and suspensions may be prepared from ster- e powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
_ 9 _ CA 02218360 1997-ll-lO
WO 96t3S677 PCT/US9"."~'31 -ormulations for rectal admir stration may be Dresented as a suppository with the usual carriers such as cocoa butte- or polyethylene glycol.
~ormulations for topical administration in the mouth, for exampie buccally or sublingually, include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acac a or tragacanth, and pastilles comprising the active ingredient in a basis such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia.
Formulations for inhalation ~mi n; stration where the active ingredient is inhaled into the lungs either as a mist or co-~mi ni stered with an inert carrier agent.
Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing an effective dose, as hereinbelow recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, the formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in ~uestion, for example those suitable for oral ~m;nistration may include flavoring agents.
The compounds of the invention may be administered orally or via injection at a dose of from 0.001 to 2500 mg/kg per day.
The dose range for adult humans is generally from 0.005 mg to 10 g/day. Tablets or other forms of presentation provided in discrete units may conveniently contain an amount of compound of the i..vention which is effective at such dosage or as a multi2ie of the same, for instance, units containing 5 mg to 500 mg, usually around 10 mg to 200 mg.
The compounds of formula (I) are preferably administered orally or by injection (intravenous or subcutaneous). The precise amount of compound administered to a patient will be the responsibility of the attendant physician. However, the dose employed will depend on a number of factors, including the age _ 10 -WO 96/3S677 PCT/IJS9''0~ 1~31 and sex of the patient, the precise disorder being treated, and its severity. Also, the route of ~m;nistration may vary depending on the condition and its severity.
As utilized herein, the term "lower alkyl~, alone or in combination, means an acyclic alkyl radical cont~in;ng from 1 to about 10, preferably from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, iso~utyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl and the like.
The term "lower alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated acyclic hydrocarbon radical in so much as it contains at least one double bond. Such radicals cont~;n;ng from about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably from about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of suitable alkenyl radicals include propylenyl, buten-1-yl, isobutenyl, pentenylen-l-yl, 2-2-methylbuten-1-yl, 3-methylbuten-1-yl, hexen-1-yl, hepten-1-yl, and octen-1-yl, and the like.
The term "lower alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated acyclic hydrocarbon radical in so much as it contains one or more triple bonds, such radicals contA;n;ng about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably having from about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably having 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of suitable alkynyl radicals include ethynyl, propynyl, butyn-1-yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-1-yl, pentyn-2-yl, 3-methylbutyn-1-yl, hexyn-1-yl, hexyn-2-yl, hexyn-3-yl, 3,3-dimethylbutyn-1-yl radicals and the like.
- The term "alicyclic hydrocarbon" or "cycloalkyl" means a aliphatic radical in a ring with 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, and preferably from 3 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of suitable alicyclic radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl and the like.
The term "aromatic hydrocarbon" means aromatic radical wi.h 4 to about 16 carbon atoms, preferably 6 to about 12 carbon WO 96135677 PCI'lUS9f '0~
a~oms, more preferably 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. rxampies o suitable aromatic hydrocarbon radicais include pher.yl, naphthyi, and tre like.
The term ~aryl" as used herein means 5- and 6-membered single-aromatic radicals which may include from zero to four heteroatoms. Representative aryls include phenyl, thienyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, (is)oxazoyl and the like.
The term DCM means dichloromethane.
The term DEAD means diethyl azodicarboxylate.
The term DIBAL-H means diisobutylall~m;nl~m hydride.
The term DMAP means dimethylaminopyridine.
The term DMSO means dimethylsulfoxide.
The term EDC means 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride.
The term ~heterocyclyl radical~ means a saturated or unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon radical including aromatic systems with 4 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 6; wherein 1 to about 4 carbon atoms are replaced by nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or carbonyl. The "heterocyclic radical n may be fused to an aromatic hydrocarbon radical.
Suitable examples include pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, thienyl, furanyl, retrazolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolindinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, piperidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, triazinyl, 1,3,5-trithianyl, benzo(b)~hiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, and the like.
~he term HOBT means N-hydroxybenzo~riazole.
The term "lower alkoxy", alone or in combination, means an alkyl ether radical wherein the term alkyl is as defined above and most preferably cont~;ning 1 to about 4 carbon atoms.
Examples of suitable alkyl ether radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
L0 The term "lower thioalkoxy~, alone or in combination, means an alkyl thioether radical wherein the term alkyl is as defined above and most preferably contA;ning 1 to about 4 carbon atoms.
Examples of suitable alkyl thioether radicals include thiomethoxy, thioethoxy, thio-n-propoxy, th o-i-propoxy, thio-n-butoxy, thio-iso-butoxy, thio-sec-butoxy, thio-tert-butoxy and the like.
The term alkoxycarbonyl as used herein means an alkoxy group, as defined abo~e, having a carbonyl (C=O) group attached.
The term "halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
The term MCPBA means m-chloroperbenzoic acid.
The term NMM means N-methylmorpholine.
The term NMMO means 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide.
The term "prodrug" refers to a compound that is made more active in vivo.
~ The term sulfinyl means SO.
The term sulfonyl means SO2.
The term TEA means triethylamine.
The term TMSN3 means azidotrimethylsilane.
WO 96/3S677 PCT/U~39G~
As used herein, reference to "treatment" of a patient is intenaed to include prophylaxis.
All references, patents or applications, U.S. or foreign, cited n the application are hereby incorporated by reference as if wri~ten herein.
Compounds of the present invention can exist in geometric or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- and trans-geometric isomers, E-and Z-geometric isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, d-isomers, l-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention.
Disclosed are eleven general synthetic processes useful in the preparation of the compounds of the present invention.
- l4 _ Scheme 1:
~ R\J~ CO2Me (~
R~ A-¦- B 1 ( Z = halide) RX\~9 R7 ~ RS ~ RA ¦ B
RS '<1~~ R A-¦ B C02Me / z_ R6 A-¦ B C OH R ~ X\~~ R
a,b R6A ¦B R6A-¦ B
Rs ~ Rl g ~5 ~ ~ NH R5 R6--A ¦ B /~B R~ B/A~X
RS~e f~h ~ 5 ~gl Rl R /A\R6 i ~
RS NH .HCl NH .HCl R6 X~ NH ~ NH RS
A/Bl Rl B/.A\X
a) Mg, THF; b) CuI, -30 ~C; c~ -30 ~C to O ~C or r. t.; d) DMSO, oxalyl chloride, CH2Cl2, -70 ~C; e) Et3N, -70 ~C to 0 ~C;
~) NH20H, NaOAc, EtOH; g) PhSO2Cl, NaOH, H20, ace~one; h) Me30 BF4-; i) NH4Cl; j) ~2C03 ~r NaH, D~F; k) NaCN, DMSO, H20, heat 1) D~F, L- Rl (where L'-Rl is CH2=CHCO-Rl); m) iN LiOH, MeOH.
S~ ' O~
Scheme 2: ; , ~ Rm/~n HQ~
R ~ ~ Rn 7~ RnY
R5 o Rm R~ ~ + ~Rs dr R ~d 5 OMe Rm OMe R
e ¦ R le R~5 ~ .HCl IRm NH .HCl R6 X~\ NH R ~~~ ,NH R5 A/B~ y R B/A\X
(Y = CN, COOalkyl, NO2, 5O2alkyl, SO2NH2, SO2NRL~Rll, heteroaryl) Rm = H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle Rn = H, alkyl, aryl, heterocycle Rm and Rn may be taken together to ~orm a rina a) solvent (benzene); b) NH2OH, NaOAc, EtOH;_c) PhSO2Cl, NaOH, ~2~, acetone; d) Me3otBFg-~ CH2C12; e) NH4Cl, MeOH
. ~i ,0 ;
W09613S677 PCT/U~ 6~31 Scheme 3:
5~0R \~ J'OR R$~NH
- (R = alkyl or aryl) R6 RL
~H HCI ~ d R~6 Rl a) Base, RlCH2NO2 b) H2 / RaNi, 55'C c) Me3O+BF~~, CH~C12;
d) NH4Cl, MeOH
Scheme 4:
02N~Rl Rl b Rlj~'OMe ~R6 Rl $R6 ~Rl a) R5CoR6 base; b) Base, R7CH~CO~Me; c) H2/RaNi, 55~C; d) Me3O BF~~, CH2Cl2; e) NH4Cl, MeOH.
W09613S677 PCT~S9'r~~~~l S cheme 5:
O O
R7 ~ NH H R7 ~ b R6~ ~ 6~ C02Me 'HN~ OCH~ Ph ~ ( Ph = phenyl ) O OMe ~ R7 ~ d R6--~ ~ C02Me R~~ ~ CO2Me R5 (CH2 ) p I R5 (CH2) HN~ OCH2 Ph HN~ OCH2 Ph O O
NH .HCl NH .HCl R7_~NH ~ R _~NH
R6~ ~ C02Me R6~ ~ C02Me R5 (CH2 ) I R5 (CH2 ) p I
HN~OCH2Ph NH2 . HCl o a) DBU, Z-a-phosphonoglycine trimethyl ester; b) H2/
[Rh~(COD)(R,R-DIPAMP)]~BF4- (antipod catalyst can be used);
c) Me3O+ BF4-, CH2Cl2; d) NH4Cl,MeOH; e) H2, Pd/C.
Scheme 6:
O O O
NH a ~ NJ~ O~ b --~ 1 Rs B~--6 a~ O ~ A/~ d Me O ~ I e OMe s~B~6 ~R
Ml e NH . HC 1 N~ . HC 1 Me ~/ ~ RI A/
Rs B~R6 s'B' 6 a) (t-butylOCO)2O, DMAP, THF; b) LiH~DS, ~MPA, THF, (lS)~
(10-camphorsulfonyl)oxaziridine or (1~)-(-)-(10-camphorsul~onyl) oxaziridine; c) t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride, imidazole, DMF; d) Mg(ClO4)2 (20%), CX3C~; e) Me3O BF~-, CH2C12; f) NH4Cl, MeOH; g) (butyl)~N~F-, MeOH.
O
Scheme 7:
O - O ~ /--\
R ~ lR--~ 3 1 ~cOOEt A lR - ~ f A g CN 3 ~ i A
~, 1 R-- J 1 R ~C
oAo k A e - ~= /~ON~ 1~ ~=NH
/--\ ' R ~=,'N--Z ~ lR ~=N-z 3 R R7 3) q R ~,R7 1) r lR ~R7 MeO~N/~ 2) j ~ HN~N--N-Z
a) Naff/TH~; b) BrCff2C~/THF; c) Ethylene glycol/p-toluenesul~onic acid/toluene; d) LiAlH4/Et2O; e) Carbobenzoxy chloride/t-S butanol/waCer/NaO~; f) p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride/CH2C12/pyridine: g) W 0~6/35677 s~1~5-'~C~~l :~CN/ace-oni~riie; h) .KOH/et:nylene glyco_; ~) MeI/~MF/NaHCO~i j) H~ ~d,'~eO:-;:~) B2H5,'THF; ~) HCli~cOH/H2O; n) NH2OH; ?) 3enzenesulfonyl chloride/
:-.2O/acetone NaOH; ~) T-ime~nyloxonium ~e~rafluorobora~e; r) NH4Cli~eOH;
Scheme 8:
~/~ R7 ~ R7 O N/~ O N~
N- Z BOC N- Z
/ _ o~ / d N-Z O N
BOC ¦ N- Z
BOC
~SIi R7 i O~
o N~ MeO N--I
N- Z N- Z
Hl~ N-Z ~ N H
N- Z H H
W 096t35677 PCTrUS96/06831 a) (t-butylOCO)20, DMAP, THF; b) LiHMDs, HMPA, THF, (lS)-(+)- ~10-hnr5ulfonyl)ox_ziridine or (lR)-(-)-(10-cAmrhorsulfonyl) oxaziridine;
c) t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride, imidazole, DMF; d) Mg~ClO4)2 ~20~), CH3CN; e) Me30+ BF4-, CH2C12; f) NH4Cl, MeOH; g) ~butyl)4N+F~,MeOH; h) H2, Pd~C.
- 22 - .
WO 9613S677 PCT/U~_ "0'~~l Sche~ne 9:
J~C02Et xJ~JCN o ~ CN /--\O _N
A- B a }:. A B C02Et ' X1~JCO2Et O~OH
-~7 .~,7 e OX~NHZ f ~X~NHz For =CH2 ~X~
A- B OH A- B OTs A- B NZ
_.7 -~7 . 7 ~ For E=cH2cH2 g A X~X~ X\X~NHZ
A- B CN A- B COOH A- B COOMe -~7 -~7 7 -- O~NH
~7 ~,7 For either E= CH2 o ~ m ~ n or E= CH2CH2: X><~ XJ~
A- B E A- B E
7 ~?.7 NOH
A ~ ~ E
~7 W09613S677 PCT~5g~'nC~1 Scheme 9 (continued~
HO~ . , ~R ZN~-E ~
X ~ ~ /~B NZ + /A
~7 ~Me ~ q Z/N _ _ IMe /B NZ ~R7 A
¦ r ¦ r ~H .HCl ~H .HCl N_:: NH .HCl N_ , NH HCl B NB B NZ 7/A~ s B/A~X
a) NaH/THF; b) BrCH2CN/THF; c) Ethylene glycol/p-toluenesulfonic acid/toluene; d) LiAlH4/Et2O; e) Carbobenzoxy chloride/t-butanol/water/NaOH; f) p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride/CH2C12/pyridine; g) KCN/acetonitrile; h) KOH/ethylene glycol; i) MeI/DMF/NaHCO3; j) H2/Pd/MeOH; k) B2H6/THF; m) HCl/AcOH/H2O; n) NH2OH; p) Benzenesulfonyl chloride/H2O/NaOH; q) Trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate; r) NH4Cl/MeOH;s) H2/Pd/C.
W 096l3S677 PCTAUS96/06831 Scheme 1 ~:
O O O
~NH a ~NJ~O~ b A' f E~Nz A/ f E~Nz Ri G ~ , A/~C~ d e O Me Me Me ~ ~ ~ Me Q~N
I e,NH . Hcl ,NH . HCl NH . HCl ~1 B ~NZ Rl B Rl a) (t-bu~ylOCO)2O, DMAP, THF; b) LiHMDS, HMPA, THF, (lS)-(+)-(10-camphorsulfonyl)oxaziridine or (lR)-(-)-(10-camphorsulfonyl) oxaziridine: c) t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride, imidazole, DMF; d) Mg(C104)2 (20%), CH3CN; e) Me~O~BF~~, CH2C12; ~) NH4Cl, ~eOH; ~) (butyl)4N~F~, MeOH; h) H2, Pd/C.
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
Scheme 11: ' Rs ~ R5 R~ ~\ ~4m /B~NH~
R = alkyl, cycloal~yl, aryl, heterocycle, b, c C~I2CH (~JH2 )C~2~ or Rm = H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle d, e, f or Rn = H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle Rm and Rn may be taken together to form a ring Z = leaving group X ~
n = 1-4 n m = 1-4 Rs NH
A/B~4 N' R
a) catalytic hydrogenation; b) RCHO; c) reduction;
d) CH2=C(NHZ)CO2Me; e) reduction; ~) hydrolysis Without further elaboration, it is believed that one s~illed in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. Therefore, the following pre~erred specific embodiments are to be construed as merely illustrative and not limitative of the remainder o~ the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
All experiments were performed under either dry ni.trogen or argon. A11 solvents and reagents were used without ~urther puri~ication unless otherwise noted. The routine wor~-up o~ the reactions involved the addition of the reaction mixture ta a mixture o~ either neutral, or acidic, or basic aqueous solutions and organic solvent. The a~ueous layer was extracted 26 ~ 9 CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 -. times (x) with the indica~ed o-ganic solven~. The combined organic extracts were washed n times (x) with ~he i.dicated a~ueous solutions, dried over anhydrous Na2SO~, Ciltered, concen~rated in vacuo, and purified as indicated. Separations by column chromatography were achieved with conditions described by S~ ill. (Still, W. C.; Kahn, M.; Mitra, A. Rapid Chromatograhic Techrique for Preparative Separation with Modera~e Resolution. ~. Org. Chem., 1978, 43, 2923-2925.) The hydrocnloride salts were made from lN HCl, HCl in ethanol (EtOH), 2 N in MeOH, or 6 N HCl in dioxane. Thin layer chromatograms were run on 0.25 mm EM precoated plates of silica gel 60 F254. High performance liquid chromatograms ~HPLC) were obtained from C-8 or C-18 reverse phase columns which were obtained from several vendors. Analytical samples were dried in an Abderhalden apparatus at either 56 C or 78'C. lH NMR spectra were obtA;ne~ from either General Electric QE-300 or Varian VXR
400 MHz spectrometer with tetramethylsilane as an internal st~n~rd. 13C NMR were obtained from a Varian spectrometer at 125.8 MHz with tetramethylsilane as an internal st~n~Ard.
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 Exam~le ~terme~iate ) 2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanone, oxime N~OH
H3C ~ CH3 3 ~
A Sample o~ 2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanone (Aldrich, 4 9 g, 39 0 mmol) was combined with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH2OH HCl, 3 6 g, 52.4 m~ol) and sodium acetate (NaOAc, 5 2 g, 62 9 mmol) in a mixt~re o~ ethanol (EtOH, 35 mL) and water (25 mL). This mixture was refluxed ~or 5 h under a nitrogen atmos-~here. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature and stirred ~or an additional 5 days, all solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (EtOAc) and water and the organic phase was washed with 1 x 75 mL o~ saturated NaCl lS (brine), dried over Na2SO4, and stripped o~ all solvent under reduced pressure. This provided 5 0 g (91~) of the title compound as a white solid. This material showed a retention time of 9 6 min (100% purity by peak area integration) on a Sh;m~U GC-14A gas chromatograph (GC) with a 0 25 mm x 25 M methyl, 5% phenylsilicone column using helium as the carrier gas and a temperature program starting at 55 'C and increasing 10 /minute up to 200 C. The NMR
and IR spectra were also consistent with the assigned structure.
~lemental analysis: CgH17NO O.1 H2O (MW = lS7.04) C H N
Calculated: 68.83 11.04 8.92 Found: 69 00 11 00 8.85 S~
' 28 r ' CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
~xample / Interme~iate) Isomer-A: hexahydro-3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-one Isomer-B: hexahydro-3,7,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-one c~3 c~3 _ H
\~-N ~ N
Isomer-A Isomer-B
A 4.9 g (34.3 mmol) sample ot the title material o~ Ex~mple 1 was added to a dropping funnel containing 6 mL of 80~ H2so4~ ~~ter using a stirring rod to obtain a turbid solution, thls mixture was added dropwise (10 mi~) to 5 mL o~ 80~ H2S04 stirred magnetically and maintained at 120 ~C with an external oil bath. Within S
minutes o~ the start o~ addition an exotherm was noted and the temperature o~ the reaction rose to 160 ~C be~ore cooling again to 120 ~C. Ten minutes later the flask was removed ~rom the bath and allowed to cool to room temperature. The product mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and brought to pH 6 with concentrated NH40H. This solution was further diluted with 75 mL o~ water and extracted with 3 x 75 mL o~ CH2Cl2. The combined organic phase was washed with 1 x 50 mL of brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and stripped of all solvent under reduced pressure. The oily residue (2.9 g, 56~) is separated by HPLC on silica gel to yield the title products.
" ~ D S~
~9 r CA 02218360 1997-11-10 .Exam~le ~ (Tnlerme~lat~) - 3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,6,6-trimethYl-2H-aZepine ~ CH3 ~OMe ~ N
To a magnetically stirred slurry of trimethyloxonium tetra~1uoroborate (Lancaster, 0.30 g, 2.0 mmol) and 3A molecular sieves (2 g) in CH2C12 (lS mL) under argon (Ar) was added the 10 Isomer-A product of Example 2 (0.31 g, 1.5 mmol). This mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days before it was diluted with 10 mL o~ CH2C12 and partitioned between 40 mL o~ saturated KHCO3 and 50 mL of EtOAc. The organic phase was separated, dried over Na2SO4, ~iltered, and stripped o~ all solvent under reduced pressure to provide the crude title product as a pale yellow oil.
This material was chromatographed on a short path Merck flash silica column eluting with EtOAc/n-hexane (1:1). The title pale yellow liquid product (308 mg, 93%) had a GC retention time o~ 15.5 min (lG0%) under the conditions of Example 1 and NMR and IR spectra consistent with the indicated product.
Example 4 (Intermediate) 3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-Z,2,6-trimethyl-2H-azepine ~ CH3 .~ /~OMe ~ N
The Isomer-B product of Example 2 is reacted with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate by the method of Example 3 to produce the title material.
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 Example 5 hexahydro-3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride ~ 5 - ~CH3 ~= N H
~ H .HCl The title product of Example 3 (0.30 g, 1.4 mmol) and 0.06 g (1.1 mmol) of ammonium chloride (NH4Cl) were refluxed in 13 mL of methanol (MeOH) under a nitrogen atmosphere for 19 h. After cooling the reaction to room temperature, it was filtered, stripped of all solvent under reduced pressure, and partitioned between~l5 mL of water and 7 mL of CH2C12. The organic and aqueous phases were separated and the a~ueous phase was washed with a 25 mL
portion of EtOAc before it was lyophilized to pro~ide 0.24 g (92~) of the white solid title material.
Example 6 hexahydro-3,7,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride ,)= N H
mhe product of Example 4 in MeOH is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 to generate the title ma~erial.
Example 7 (Intermediate) 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclohexanone, oxime N,OH
7C~
A sample o~ 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclohexanone (Aldrich, 6.2 g, 40.0 mmol) was converted to the title compound by the method of Example 1 using 5.6 g (80.0 mmol) o~ hydroxylamine hydrochloride and 6.7 g (82.0 mmol) o~ NaOAc in a mixture o~ 60 mL o~ EtOH and 60 mL of water. The procedure produced 7.5 g (100~) o~ the title material as a white solid.
Example 8 hexahydro-4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-2H-azepin-2-one ~C~~
N
A sample o~ the product o~ Example 7 (7.5 g, 44.4 mmol) was converted to the title compound by the method o~ Example 2 using 11 mL o~ 80% H2SO4. The procedure produced.5.6 g (75~) o~ the title material as a pale yellow tacky solid.
~ S~
~ CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 ~ ~xample 9 (InteI~me~ia~te) 3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-3,3,5,5-tetramethYl-2H-azepine ~~ /> O M e S N
The title product of Exampl~ 8 (8gS mg, S . 0 mmol) was reacted with trimethyloxonium tetra~luoroborate (962 mg, 5.0 mmol) ~y the method o~ Example 3 to yield 8I5 mg (100%) o~ the title material.
Example 10 hexahydro-4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride \l ~NH
N .HCl H
The product o~ Example 9 (110 mg, 0.~ mmol) in 3.5 mL o~ MeOH was reacted with ammonium chloride (32 mg, 0.6 mmol) by the method o~
Example 5 to yield 90 ms (67%) o~ the title material.
HRMS (EI) calcd ~or CloH20N2 m/e 168.163, 'ound m/e 168.162.
H NMR(CD3OD): ~ 3.21 (s, 2H), 2.62 (s, 2H), 1.54 (s, 2H), 1.1 (s, 6H), 1.01 (s, 6H).
25 Elemental analysis: CloH20N2 HCl 0.3 H20 - 0.25 NH4Cl (MW =
223.52) C H N Cl Calculated: 53.74 10.19 14.10 19.83 30 Found: 53.71 9.66 13.99 19.59 ~ 9S~
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
Example 11 (Intermediate) Tetrahydro-4~-pyran-4-one, oxime ,OH
Tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (5.0 g, 0.05 mole), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (5.2 g, 0.075 mole) and sodium acetate (13.6 g, 0.1 mole) were re~luxed in ethanol (30 mL)/H20 (20 mL) overnight. Contents were allowed to cool and concentrated in vacuo to remove the ethanol. The aqueous solution le~t was extracted with CH2C12 which was dried (MgS04) and concentrated in vacuo leaving the title material as a white solid (5.4 g).
lH NMR (CDCl3): ~ 9.15 (br, lH); 3.85-3 70 (m, 4H); 2.72 - 2.60 (m, 2H); 2.40 - 2.3S (m, 2H).
Example 12 (Intermediate) tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one N''~O
H
To the title material o~ Example 11 (5.4 g, 0.047 mole) in 2S acetone (30 mL) at 0 C was added lN sodium hydroxide. Benzene sul~onyl chloride (6 mL, 0.047 mole) in acetone (lO mL) was added dropwise with magnetic stirring. Contents were s~tirred 72 hours and concentrated in vacuo to remove the acetone. The aqueous solution was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 x 150 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo leaving an am~er oil/solid S~
WO 96/3S677 PCT/U' r ''~
(2.2 g). The residue was c~ystallized from hexanes ~o give the .it:le material as a white solid (1.37 g).
lH NMR (CDCl3): ~ 6.90 (br, lH); 3.82 - 3.70 (m, 4H); 3.38 -3.30 (m, 2H); 2.75 - 2.65 (m, 2H).
Example 13 tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H~-imine, tri~luoroacetate salt ~' H~NH
~TFA
The title material of Example 12 (960 mg, 0.008 mole) and trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (1.5 g, 0.01 mole) were mixed in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) and stirred 72 hours. Contents were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in methanol (50 mL). Anhydrous 2~monia was bubbled through for 15 minutes.
Contents were stoppered and stirred overnight. After concentrating in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between CH~Cl2 and water. The aqueous layer was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography eluting with 100% H2O (0.05% TFA) to give the title material as a white solid (730 mg).
lH NMR (D2O): ~ 3.78 - 3.72 (m, 2H); 3.68 - 3.63 (m, 2H); 3.49 -3.44 (m, 2H); 2.85 - 2.80 (m, 2H).
CA 022l8360 i997-ll-l0 Ex~mple 14 ~Intermedia~e) ~.' 1-(5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)pyrrolidine Tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (5.0 g, 0.05 mole) and pyrrolidine (4.6 mL, O 055 mole) were re~luxed in benzene (50 mL) with a Dean Star~ trap to collect water ~or 2 hours. Contents were concentrated in vacuo leaving a thick amber oil (7.6 g) which was distilled o~ a kugelrohr apparatus at 40 C (0.1 mm) to give the title material as a clear colorless oil (5.9 g).
1~ NMR (CDCl3): ~ 4.2~ - 4.20 (m, 2H); 4.20 - 4.13 (m, lH); 3.88 - 3.78 (m, 2~; 3.07 - 2.95 (L~ 4H); 2.35 - 2.22 (m, 2H~; i.90 -1.80 (m, 4H).
Example 15 (Intermediate) 3-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one o ,~
The title material o~. Example 14 (23 g, 0.15 mole) and crotyl bromide.(15.4 mL, 0.15 mole) were mixed in benzene.(20~ mL) and stirred 72 hours. Water (50 mL) was added and stirred 2 hours.
The benzene layer was removed and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo leaving an oil 36 ~ S~
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 (20.8 g). The oil was chromatographed or .sllica gel eluti~g with 5% EtOAc/hexanes to give the title material as a colorless oil (12.3 g).
lH NMR (CDC13): ~ 5.52 - 5.25 (m, 2H); 4.20 - 4.07 (m, 2H); 3.82 - 3.70 (m, lH); 3.50 - 3.40 (m, lH); 2.68 - 2.40 (m, 4H); 2 .03 -1.90 (m, lH); 1 65 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H).
Example 16 ( Intermediate) 3-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one, oxime HO--N
~\
To the title material o~ ~xample 15 (13.0 g, 0.0~4 mole) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (6.5 g, 0.093 mole) in methanol (100 mL) was added dropwise anhydrous pyridine (8.1 mL, 0.1 mole) in methanol (50 mL). Contents were stirred overnight. Contents were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2C12 and water. The CH2Cl2 layer was dried (MgSO4) and concen.trated in vacuo leaving the title material as an oil (19.5 g) lH NMR (CDCl3) as a mixture of syn and anti oximes: ~ [9.0, 8. 85 : (br, lH)]; [5.80 - 5.25, 5.20 - 4.85 (m, 2H)]; 4.20 - 2.90 (m, 5H); 2.80 - 2.00 ~m, 4Hl; [1.63 (d, J = 6 Hz), 1.20 - 0.90 (m) (3H)~.
~. 30 ~ ~~~
t~
~ CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 ~ -~-?
;
Example 17 (Intermediate) 3-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one ~ N O
~ H
To the title material of ~xample 16 (5.0 g, 0 03 mole) in acetone (30 mL) at 0 C was added lN sodium hy~roxide (30 mL).
Benzene sul~onyl chloride (3.8 mL, 0.03 mole) i~ acetone (10 mL) was added dropwise and after the reaction came, to room temperature, it was stirred overnight The contents were concentrated in vacuo to remove acetone and tke aqueous solution left was extracted with CH2C12 (2 x 150 mL). The CH2Cl2 extracts were com~ined, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated in vac~o leaving an oil. Hexane was added to the oil, the resulting white solid was ~iltered and recrystallized from EtOAo~hexane to give the title material as a white solid (812 mg) From the mother liquor was isolated additional title material plus its other regeoisomer, 6-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one, which was separated by chromatography.
lH NMR (CDCl3): ~ 5.75 (br, lH); 5.70 - 5.50 (m, lH); 5.40 -5.23 (m, lH); 4.00 - 3.80 (m, 2H); 3.72 - 3.52 (m, 2H); 3.40 -3.30 (m, lH); 2.95 - 2.80 (m, lH); 2.60 - 2.55 (m, lH); 2.30 -25 2.15 (m, lH); 2.10 - 1.95 (m, lH); 1.70 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H).
WO 9~13S677 PCr/U~ '06~1 Examp 1 e 18 3-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, trifluoroacetate salt ~~~
N NH
.TFA
To the title material of Example 17 (612 mg, 3.6 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (25 mL) was added trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (540 mg, 3.6 mmol) and contents were stirred overnight. After concentrating in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in me~hanol (25 mL) and anhydrous ammonia was bubbled through the solution.
Contents were stoppered and stirred 72 hours. Contents were concentrated in ~acuo and the residue was purified by C-18 lS reverse phase chromatography eluting with a CH3CN/H2O gradient (0.05 ~ TFA) to give the title material as a white solid (404 mg).
Mass spectral analysis for CgH16N2O: M+H = 169.
lH NMR (CDCl3): ~ 9.7 (br, 2H); 8.9 (br, lH); 5.70 - 5.54 (m, lH); 5.40 - 5.25 (m, lH); 4.03 - 3.92 (m, lH); 3.90 - 3.80 (m, lH); 3.76 - 3.58 (m, 2H); 3.46 - 3.32 (m, lH); 3.04 - 2.76 (m, 2H); 2.42 - 2.18 (m, 2H); 1.67 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H).
- 39 _ Example 19 (Intermediate) l-Methyl-4-piperidin-4-one, oxime, monohydrochloride ,OH
¦ .HCl To a slurry o~ l-methyl-4-pyridone (10 mL, 0.08 mole) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (6.1 g, 0.088 mole) in methanol (100 mL) was added anhydrous pyridine (7.8 mL, 0.097 mole) in rnethallol (5G ~) dropwise. contents were stirred overnight and the title material was ~iltered as a white solid (9.2 g). More of the title material was recovered ~rom the methanol ~iltrate (7.7 g).
15 lH NMR (D2oj: ~ 3.70 - 2.90 (m, SH)i 2.80 (s, 3H); 2.60 - 2. 45 (m, 2H); 2.40 - 2.10 (m, lH).
Example 20 (Intermediate) hexahydro-l-methyl-5H-1,4-diazepin-S-one \
To the title material o~ Example 19 (9.2 g, 0.056 mole) in acetone (50 mL) at 0 'C was added dropwise lN sodium hydroxide.
A~ter stirring S minutes, ~enzene sul~onyl chloride (7.1 mL) in acetone. ! S mL) was added dropwise. Contents were stirred 72 hours, coming to room temperature. Contents were concentrated ~ CA 022l8360 1997-ll-l0 ~ ~ ~ t in vacuo to remove the acetone, ~he a~ueous solucion was made basic with lN sodium hydroxide and lyophilized leaving a solid.
The solid was triturated with CH2cl2 and ~iltered. The C~2Cl2 was concentrated in vacuo leaving the title material as a solid (4.9 g).
lH NMR tcDcl3): ~ 6.85 (br, lH); 3.30 - 3.20 (m, 2H); 2.65 -2.40 (m, 6H); 2.35 (s, 3H).
Example 21 hexahydro-1-methyl-5H-1,4-diazepin-5-imine, tri~1uoroacetate salt \
.TFA
The 5-Oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-diazepine product o~ Example 20 was treated with Me30~BF4~ in CH2C12 and stirred overnight.
A~ter concentrating in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in methanol and anhydrous ammonia was bubbled through the solution.
The contents were stirred overnight and concentrated in vacuo.
The residue was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography to give the title product.
Mass spectral analysis for C6H13N3: M+H = 128.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6): ~ 9.80 - 9.40 ts, lH); 9.40 (s, lH); 9.10 (s, lH); 8.60 (s, lH); 3.70 - 2.85 (m, 8H); 2.80 (s, 3H).
Example 22 (Intermediate) p~
i CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096l3S677 P~~ 'rO6831 ~etranydro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-4H-pyran-4-one o Me ~OJ
The title compound of Example 14 is reacted with bromoethyl methyl ether by the method of Example 15 to generate the title compcund.
Example 23 (Intermediate) tetrahydro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-4H-pyran-4-one, oxime HO'N
~ ~ ~ Me The title compound of Example 22 is reacted with hydroxyl~mine by the method o~ Example 16 to generate the title compound.
Example 24 (Intermediate) Isomer-A: tetrahydro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one Isomer-B: tetrahydro-6-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one ~ ~ N ~ HN ~
~ ~)' O O
Isomer A. Isomer B
The title compound o~ Example 23 is reacted wlth benzenesulfonyl chloride by the method o~ ~xample 17 to generate the title ! compounds. The isomers are separated by column chromatography.
p~ ~5~
~ CA 02218360 1997~ 10 .:
Example 25 (Intermediate) 2,3,6,7-tetrahYdro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-s-methoxy-l~4-oxazepine M e O~ N ~ O ~
The Isomer A o~ Example 24 is reacted with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in methylene chloride by the method o~ Example 3 to generate the title compound.
Example 26 (Intermediate) 2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-6-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-methoxy-1,4-oxazepine O Me ~~
o The isomer B of Example 24 is reacted with trimethyloxonium tetra~luoroborate in methylene chloride by the method o~ Example 3 to generate the title compound.
o~o CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
Example 27 (Intermediate) tetrahydxo-3-(2-methoxyethyl~-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, monohydrochloride .HClH
HN~ N ~o ~ ~ .
The product o~ ~xample 25 is rcacted with ammonium chloride in methanol by the method of Example 4 to generate the title compound Example 28 tetrahydro-6-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, 15 monohydrochloride r .HCI NH
HN ~/"--' ~O
The product of Example 26 is reacted with ammonium chloride in methanol by the method of Example 4 to generate the title compound.
~,9S~
i CA 02218360 1997-11-lo Wo 96l3S677 PCrtUS9G,~r~31 Example 29 4,4-dimethyl-S-pentylpyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride . HCl HN N
Example 29A ) Ethyl 3,3-dimethylacrylate (4.9 g, 38 mmol) was mixed with nitrohexane (5.0 g, 38 mmol), lM
tetrabutylammoniumfluoride (in THF, 38 mL) and heated at 40 ~C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether, washed with brine, followed by water. Purif~ication by chromatography on silica gel yielded the product, methyl 3,3-dimethyl-4-nitrononanoate (6.6 g, 67%).
Example 29 B) The product of Example 29 A (5.6 g, 24 mmol) in absolute MeOH was hydrogenated over RaNi at 55 C and 60 psi for 24h. The reaction product was purified by colum.n chromatography to yield 4,4-dimethyl-5-pentylpyrrolidin-2-one (2.63 g, 60%).
Example 29 C) The product of Example 29 B (2.63 g, 14.3 mmol) was treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (2.56 g, 17.4 mmol) in DC~5 (20 mL) by the method of Example 3, to yield 3,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-3,3-dimethyl-2-pentyl-2H-pyrrole (2.0 g, 7196).
Example 29) A solution of the title product of Example 29 C (2.0 g, 10 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was reacted with AmmoP;um chloride (529 mg, 9.9 mmol) by the method of Example 5 followed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC.
WO 9~513S677 P~ J' 3~ /06831 Example 30 5-pentyl-4,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride ., HCl H H
Example 30 A) Ethyl 4,4,4-trifluoro-3-(trifluromethyl)crotonate (9.0 g, 38 mmol) was mixed with nitrohexane (5.0 g, 38 mmol), potassium carbonate (5.3 g, 38 mmol) and Ali~uat 336 (20 drops).
The mixture was sonicated at room temperature. When the reaction, monitored by G.C., was complete the mixture was acidified with HCl (1 N) and the a~ueous phase extracted with ether. Purification by chromatography on silica gel yielded the product, methyl 4-nitro-3,3-bis(trifluoromethyl)nonanoate (3 g, 21~).
Example 30 B) The product of Example 30 A in absolute MeOH is hydrogenated over RaNi at 55 C and 60 psi for 24h. The reaction product is purified by column chromatography to yield 5-pentyl-4,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one.
Example 30 C) The product of Example 30 B is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in DCM (20 mL) by the method of Example 3, to yield 3,4-dihydro-S-methoxy-2-pentyl-3,3-bis(trifluoromethyl)-2H-pyrrole.
Example 30) A solution of the title product of Example 30 C in MeOH (30 mL) is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 followed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to generate the title material.
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W0~6t3S677 PCT~59-'Q6~1 Example 31 e~hyl 2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate, monohydrochloride . .HCI H
HN~~, O
Example 31 A) The diethyl ethyli~n~m~lonate (6.4 g, 33 mmol) is mixed with nitrohexane (5 g, 38 mmol), potassium carbonate (2 g) and Ali~uat 336 (10 drops). The mixture is sonicated at room temperature. When the reaction, monitored by G.C., is complete the mixture is acidified with HCl (1 N) and the a~ueous phase extracted with ether. Purification by chromatography on silica gel yields the product, diethyl 2-~1-methyl-2-nitroheptyl)propane-1,3-dioate.
Example 31 B) The product of Example 31 A in absolute EtOH is hydrogenated over RaNi at 55 C and 60 psi for 24h. The reaction product is purified by column chromatography to yield ethyl 4-methyl-2-oxo-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate.
Example 31 C) The material 31 B is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in DCM by the method of Example 3, to yield ethyl 3,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-pentyl-2H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate.
Example 31) A solution of the title product of Example 31 C in MeOH is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 followed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to generate title material.
WO 96/3S677 PCrrUS96/06831 Example 3 2 2-imino-4-methYl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid, monohydrochloride .HCI
.. H
HN N
HO~\
S O
Example 32 A) A solution of the title product of Example 31 B in MeOH / 2N NaOH is stirred 6h followed by lyophilization. The resulting solid is dissolved in water and EtOAc cont~;n;ng benzylbromide added. The mixture is shaken in a separatory ~unnel.
The organic solution is separated, dried and evaporated. The residue is purified by column chromatography to yield phenylmethyl 4-methyl-2-oxo-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate.
Example 32 B) The product of Example 32 A is treated with lS trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in DCM by the method of Example 3, to yield phenylmethyl 3,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-3-methyl-2-pentyl-2H-pyrrole-4-carboxylate.
Example 32 C) A solution of the title product of Example 32 B in MeOI~ is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 followed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to generate phenylmethyl 2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentyl-3-carboxylate.
Example 32) A solution of product of Example 32 C in absolute MeOH
is hydrogenated over Pd~C. The reaction product is purified by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to generate title material.
_ 49 -WO 9613S677 PCT/U59''~G~~l Example 33 ~-amino-4-hydroxy-5-imino-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrroiidine-2-butanoic acid, monohydrochloride .HCl H .HCl H N $~ O H
HO CF3 o Example 33 A) The ethyl 4,4,4-trifluoromethyl crotonate (10 mmol) and 2-(2-nitroethyl)-1,3-dioxolane (12 mmol) are reacted with, potassium carbonate (5 mmol) and Aliquat 336 (3 drops), by the method of Example 14. Purification by chromatography on silica gel yields ethyl ~-nitro-~-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3-dioxolane-2-pentanoate.
Example 33 B) The product of Example 33 A in MeOH is hydrogenated over RaNi at 55 C and 60 psi for 6h. The reaction product is purified by column chromatography to yield 5-[(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)methyl]-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one as a mixture of diasteromers.
Example 33 C) The product of Example 33 B is treated with di-t-butyldicarbonate and DMAP in THF and refluxed for 2 h. The solvent is removed and the product is purified by column chromatography to yield 1,1-dimethylethyl 2-[(1,3-dioxolan-2-vl)methyl]-5-oxo-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate.
~xample 33 D) The product of Example 33 C with HMPA (1 equivalent) in THF at -70 C is treated with Lithium hexamethyl disilazide (1.2 equivalents, lM in THF). The solution is allowed to warm to -40 'C
then cooled to -70 C, and a solution of camphor sulfonyl oxaziridine in THF is added. The solution is stirred at -40 C for 2h then quenched onto saturated NH4Cl. The solution is then extracted with EtOAc. The organics are combined. The solvent is removed and the product is purified by column chromatography to yield 1,1-dimethylethyl 2-[(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)methyl]-4-hydroxy-5-oxo-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate.
WO g6/3S677 PCTrUS96/06831 Example 33 E) The product of Example 33 D is treared with NaH and benzylbromide in THF. The product is purified by column chromatography to yield l,l-dimethylethyl 2-[(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)methyl]-S-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethy')pyr olidine-l-carboxylate.
Example 33 F) The product of Example 33 E in MeOH is treated with HCl (lN) to yield 5-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-2-acetaldehyde which is used directly in the next step.
Example 33 G) To a solution of produ-t of Example 33 F and z-a-phosphonoglycine trimethyl ester in CH2Cl2 is added 3BU. The solution is stirred for 2h The solvent is removed and the product is purified by column chromatography to yield methyl 4- [5-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-2-lS [[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-2-butenoate.
Example 33 H) The product of Example 33 G is hydrogenated with [Rh (COD) (R, R-DIPAMP) ] + BF4- . The solvent is removed and the product is purified by column chromatography to yield methyl 5-oxo-a- [ [ (phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-2-butanoate.
Example 33 I) The product of Example 33 H is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in DCM by the method of Example 3, to yield methyl 3,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-a-[[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-2H-pyrrole-2-butanoate.
Example 33 J) A solution of the title product of Example 33 I in MeOH is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 followed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to yield methyl 5-imino-a-t~(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-2-butanoate, monohydrochloride.
Example 33) The product of Example 33 J in absolute MeOH is hydrogenated over Pd/C for 24h. The reaction product is purifiec by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to yield 33.
_ 51 -CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lo W096~S677 ~ PCT/U~ 6~1 Example 34 hexahydro-2-imino-4-methyl-7-(2-propenyl)-lH-azepin-3-ol ~ Me ~OH
~N NH
.HCl Example 34 A) A THF solution of hexahydro-4-methyl-7-(2-propenyl)-2H-azepin-2-one is treated with di-t-butyldicarbonate and dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 1 e~) to generate the Boc protecced lactam, 1,l-dimethylethyl hexahydro-4-methyl-2-oxo-7-(2-propenyl)-lH-azepine-l-carboxylate.
Example 34B) To the product of Example 34 A above dissolved in THF and cooled to a low temperature is added hexamethylphosphoramide (HMPA, 1 eq) followed by lithium hexamethyldisilylazide (LHMDS, 1.1 eq). To this is added 1.2 equivalents of either (lS)-(+)-(camphorsulfonyl)-oxaziridine or (lR)-(-)-(camphorsulfonyl)-oxaziridine to generate a chromatographically separable mixture of diastereomers Isomer-A
1,1-dimethylethyl hexahydro-3R-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-7-(2-propenyl)-lH-azepine-1-carboxylate or Isomer-B 1,1-dimethylethyl hexahydro-3S-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-7-(2-propenyl)-lH-azepine-1-carboxylate.
Example 34 C) A product or product mixture from Example 34 B
above dissolved in DMF is treated with imidazole (2 eq) and t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride yielding l,l-dimethylethyl 3-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]hexahydro-4-methyl-2-oxo-7-(2-propenyl)-lH-azepine-1-carboxylate.
Example 34 D) To a product or product mixture from Example 34 C
above dissolved in acetonitrile and warmed to around 50 'C is added magnesium perchlorate [Mg(ClO4)2, 0.2 eq] generating 3-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]hexahydro-4-methyl-2-oxo- -(2-propenyl)-2H-azepin-2-one.
Example 34 E) The product or a product mixture from Example 34 3 above is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in CH2Cl2 CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096l3S677 PCT/U~ ~~l by the method of Example 3, to yield 6-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-5-methyl-2H-azepine.
Example 34 F) A solution of the title product or a product mixture of Example 34 E in MeO~I is reacted with ~monium chloride by the method of Example 5 to generate 3-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]hexahydro-4-methyl-7-(2-propenyl)-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride. This material is treated with a source of fluoride ion and the crude product chromatographed on reverse phase HPLC to yield the title material.
Example 35 6-butyl-3-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride Me ~OH
~~ H ~NH
.HCl Example 35 A) A THF solution of 6-butyl-4-methylpiperidin-2-one is treated with di-t-butyldicarbonate and dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 1 eq) to generate the Boc protected lactam, 1,1-dimethylethyl 2-butyl-4-methyl-6-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate.
Example 35 B) To the product of Example 35 A above dissolved in THF and cooled to a low temperature is added hexamethylphosphoramide (HMPA, 1 eq) followed by lithium hexamethyldisilylazide (LHMDS, 1.1 eq). To this is added 1.2 equivalents of either (lS)-(+)-(camphorsulfonyl)-oxaziridine or (lR)-(-)-(camphorsulfonyl)-oxaziridine to generate chromatographically separable mixture of diastereomers Isomer-A
~ 1,1-dimethylethyl 6-butyl-3R-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate or Isomer-B 1,1-dimethylethyl 6-butyl-3S-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate.
Example 35 C) A product or product mixture from Example 35 B
above dissolved in DMF is treated with imidazole (2 e~) and t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride yielding 1,1-dimethylethyl 6-butyl-_ 53 -WO 96/3S677 PCT/US9r'Qr~~l 3-lll,i-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]-4-methyl-2-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate.
Example 35 D) To a product or producc mixture from Example 35 C
above dissolved in acetonitrile and warmed to around 50 C is added magnesiu~ perchlorate tMg(ClO4)2, 0.2 eq] generating 6-butyl-3-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]-4-methylpiperidin-2-one.
Exampie 35 E) The product or a product mixture ~rom.. Example 35 D
above is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in CH2C12 by the method of Example 3, to yield 2-butyl-5-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]-6-ethoxy-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-4-methylpyridine.
Example 35 F) A solution of the title product or a product mixture of Example 35 E in MeOH is reacted with ~mmonium chloride by the method of Example 5 to generate 6-butyl-3-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]-4-methylpiperidin-2-imine. This material is treated with a source o~ fluoride ion and the crude produc~ chromatographed on reverse phase HPLC to yield the title material.
Example 36 6-imino-2,4-dimethylpiperidine-3-meth~n~mine, dihydrochloride .HCl H2N ~
H3C ~ I ~ NH
H .HCl 6-amino-2,4-dimethylpyridine-3-carbonitrile (1.5 g) ana platinum oxide (500 mg) in ethanol (30 mL) and conc HCl (1 mL) were shaken on a Parr hydrogenation apparatus at 5S psi of hydrogen at 55 'C for 48 hours. The contents were filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo leaving a waxy solid.
Trituration with ethanol gave the title material as a white solid (191 mg).
_ 54 -W096l3S677 PCT~S96/06831 ~Iass spectral analysis ~or C8H17N3: M+H = 156 H NMR (D2O): ~ 3.63 - 3.40 (m, 2H); 3.20 - 3.07 (m, lH); 2.72 -2.60 (m, lH); 2.40 - 2.25 (m, lH); 2.05 - 1.90 (m, 2H); 1.25 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H); l.00 (d, J = ~ Hz, 3H).
Example 37 4,6,6-trimethylpiperidine-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt H3 ~
H .CF3CO2H
Example 37 A) A solution of 2,2,4-trimethylcyclopentanone (5.5 g, 44 mmol) in 35 mL EtOAc/25 mL of water was refluxed with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.6 g, 66 mmoles) and sodium acetate trihydrate (10.8 g, 79 mmol) for 4 hrs under nitrogen.
After the solvent was l~,..oved by evaporation, the residue was redissolved in 100 mL of EtOAc, washed with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over m~nesium sulfate, and stripped of all solvent to give 5.6 g of the white powder, 2,2,4-trimethylcyclopentanone oxime. FAB/MS: (MH+)=142.
Example 37 B) The product of Example 37 A was dissolved in 50 mL of acetone and 50 mL of 1 N sodium hydroxide at 0 ~C.
Benzenesulfonyl chloride (7.8 g, 44 mmol) was added over 5 min.
The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up and stirred for 18 hrs until complete as determined by shift in HPLC retention time (Vydac C-18, linear gradient 5 % to 75 % acetonitrile/0.05 % TFA
in water/0.05 % TFA over 20 min). The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue redissolved in 100 mL EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and stripped of all solvent by evapora~ion.
The crude semisolid material was purified on Waters Deltapak C-_ 55 -WO 9613S677 PCT/u~ 6Q~l 18 using a linear gradient from 10 ~ to 15 ~ aceton trile(0.05 %
TFA) i~ water (0.05 ~ TFA) over 20 min. The lyophilized product, 4,6,6-trimethylpiperidin-2-one, was a tan semisolid, G.47 g. FAB/MS: (MH+)=142.
Example 37 C) To the product of Example 37 B (3.3 mmol) in 10 mL CH2Cl2 was added trime~hyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (0.6 g, 4.0 mmol). After stirring 18 hrs, the reactior. mixture was diluted with an additional 10 mL of CH2Cl2, washed with a saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and stripped of all solvent to generate 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-6-methoxy-2,2,4-trimethylpyridine.
Example 35) The product of Example 37 C was dissolved in 25 mL
of methanol and refluxed with ammonium chloride for 3 hrs. The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue oil was dissolved in 25 mL of EtOAc, washed with water, and stripped of all solvent under reduced pressure to produce the crude product.
The material was purified on Waters Deltapak C-18 using a linear gradient of 5% to 70% acetonitrile(0.05 % TFA) in water (0.05 TFA) over 30 min. and lyophilized to give 0.075 g white powder title material. F~3/MS: (MH+)=141.
H NMR (CDCl3): ~ 10.4 (bs, lH); 9.7 (bs, lH); 7.5 (bs, lH); 2.6 (q, lH); 2.0 (g, 2H); 1.8 (d, 2H); 1.4 (s, 3H); 1.3 (s, 3H); 1.1 (d, 3H).
Example 38 4,4,6-trimethylpiperidin-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt H3C ~ ~ NH
.CF3CO,H
Example 38 A) A solution of 2,4,4-trimethylcyclopentanone (5.5 g, 44 mmol) in 35 mL ethyl acetate/25 mL water was refluxed wi~;~
:~ydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.6 g, 66 mmol) and sodium acetate _ 56 ~
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096/3S677 PCT~S~''.'~~l -rihydrate (10 8 g, 79 mmol) for 4 hrs under nitrogen. ~emoved solvent by evaporation, redissolved in 100 mL ethyl acetate and washed with saturated a~ueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and then removed solvent to give 5.2 g of 2,4,4-trimethylcyclopentanone oxime as a white powder. FAB/MS:
(MH+)=142.
Example 38 B) The product of Example 38 A was dissolved in 50 mL acetone and 50 mL 1 N sodium hydroxide at 0 ~C.
Benzenesulfonyl chloride was then added (7.8 g, 44 mmol) over 5 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up and stir for 18 hrs until complete, as determined by ~he shift in HPLC
retention time (Vydac C-18, linear gradient 5 % to 75 ~
acetonitrile/0.05 ~ TFA in water/0.05 % TFA over 20 min). The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was redissolved in 100 mL EtOAc, washed with saturated a~ueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and stripped of all solvent by evaporation. The semisolid product was purified on a Wa~ers Deltapak C-18 using a linear gradient from 10~ to 15% acetonitrile(O.05 % TFA) in water (0.05 % TFA) over 20 min. The lyophilized product, 6,4,4-trimethylpiperidin-2-one, was a tan semisolid, 0.75 g. FAB/MS: (MH+)=142.
Example 38 C) To the product of Example 38 B (5.3 mmol) in 15 mL CH2Cl2 was added trimethyloxonium tetrafluoro~orate (0.9 g, 6.0 mmol). After stirring 18 hrs, the reaction mixture was diluted with an additional 15 mL of CH2Cl2, washed with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and stripped of all solvent to give 0.69 g of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-6-methoxy-2,4,4-trimethylpyridine as an oil.
Example 38) The product of Example 38 C was dissolved in 25 mL
of methanol and refluxed with ammonium chloride (0.25 g, 4.6 mmol) for 3 hrs. The solven. was removed by evaporation and t:e residue oil was dissolved in 25 mL EtOAc, washed with water, a~.d stripped of all solvent. The residue was purified on a Waters Deltapak C-18 using a linear gradient of 5% to 70% acetonitrile (0.05 % TFA) in water (0.05 ~ TFA) over 30 min. and lyophilizea to give 0.66 g of the title material as a white powder. FAB/~S:
(MH+)=141.
_ 57 -CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 WO 96/3S677 PCr/US96/06831 H NMR ~CDC13): ~ 10.4 (bs, lH); 9.5 (bs, lH~; 8.1 (bs, lH); 3.8 tm, lH); 2.3 (q, 2H); 1.75 (d, 2H); 1.3 (d, 3H); 1.1 (s, 3H);
1.0 (s, 3H).
Example 39 3-(2-butenyl)hexahydro-5-imine-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol, trifluoroacetate salt ~H~NH
.TFA
Isomer A
Example 39 A) A sample of the 3-(2-Buten-l-yl)-5-oxo-15 2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 17 (6.6 g, 39 mmol), di-t-butyl dicarbonate (17.5 g, 80 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (200 mg) were re~luxed in anhydrous THF
(80 mL) overniçrht. The contents were allowed to cool, diluted with EtOAc, and washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO3, dried over MgSO4, 20 and concentrated in vacuo leaving an oil (12.9 g). The oil was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1096 EtOAc/hexanes to give 4-N-Boc-3-(2-buten-1-yl)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine as a colorless oil (3.7 g).
Example 39 B) To the 4-N-Boc-3-(2-buten-1-yl)-5-oxo-25 2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 39 A (3.1 g, 12 mmol) in anhydrous THF (60 mL) at -78 ~C was added dropwise lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (lM in THF, 12 mL) keeping the temperature below -70 ~C. The contents were allowed to warm to -40 ~C and then cooled back to -78 ~C. A solution of 30 (lS)-(+)-(10-camphorsulfonyl)oxaziridine (3.0 g, 13 mmol) in THF
(30 mL) was added dropwise. The contents were warmed to -25 ~C
and stirred 3 hours before pouring into saturated NH4Cl and extracting with EtOAc. The EtOAc layer was dried over MgSO4 and concen~rated in vacuo to provide 4-N-Boc-3-(2-buten-1-yl)-6-_ 58 -WO g613S677 PCT/U~ 5 hydroxy-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxa~epine as a waxy solid.
Example 39 C) The 4-N-Boc-3-(2-buten-1-yl)-6-hydroxy-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 39 B (600 mg), t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (2.0 g), imidazole (1.6 g) and arhydrous THF (50 mL, were stirred overnight. The contents were partitioned between EtOAc and water. The EtOAc layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to generate an oil.
This oil was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with 25%
EtOAc/h~nes to give 4-N-Boc-3-(~-buten-1-yl)-6-(t-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine as an oil (400 mg).
Example 39 D) The 4-N-Boc-3-(2-Buten-1-yl)-6-(t-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 39 C (400 mg, 1 mmol) and magnesium perchlorate (45 mg) were heated at 50 ~C in CH3CN (25 mL) for 3 hours. The contents were allowed to cool and were partitioned between EtOAc and water. The EtOAc layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo leaving 3-(2-Buten-1-yl)-6-(t-butyldimethyl-silyloxy)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine as an oil (300 mg).
Example 39) The 3-(2-Buten-1-yl)-6-(t-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 39 D
(300 mg, 1 mmol) and Me30+BF4~ (150 mg, 1 mmol) were stirred in CH2Cl2 overnight. The contents were concentrated in vacuo, the residue dissolved in methanol, and anhydrous ammonia bubbled into the solution. The reaction was stoppered and stirred overnight. The contents were concentrated in vacuo leaving a yellow oil (366 mg). The oil was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography eluting with a CH3CN/H2O to give the title products of this Example 39 (isomer A , 16 mg) and Example 40 (isomer B, 11 mg) as oils.
Mass spectral analysis for CgH16N2O2: M+H = 185 1H NMR (D2O): ~ 5.60 - 5.42 (m, lH); 5.35 - 5.20 (m, lH); 4.75 -4.60 (m, lH); 3.95 - 3.50 (m, 5H); 2.35 - 2.20 (m, 2H); 1.60 -1.45 (m, 3H) _ 59 -CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096~S677 PCT~Ssr'0'~~l Example 40 3-(2-butenyl)hexahydro-5-imine-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol, trifluoroacetate salt ~_OH
~NH
.TFA
Isomer B
The crude product oil of Example 39 was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography eluting with a CH3CN/H2O to give the title products of Example 39 and title product of Example 40 (isomer B, 11 mg).
Mass spectral analysis for CgH16N2O2: M+H = 185 1H NMR (D2O): ~ 5.65 - 5.45 (m, lH); 5.35 - 5.20 (m, lH); 4.90 -4.75 (m, lH); 3.90 - 3.45 (m, 4H); 3.35 - 3.20 (m, lH); 2.25 -2.05 (m, 2H); 1.60 - 1.45 (m, 3H).
Example 41 6-(2-butenyl)hexahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5-imine, trifluoroacetate salt o ~N~NH
.TFA
The title material was prepared according to the procedure of Example 18, using the 6-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one isolated in Example 17.
_ 60 -WO 96/3S677 PCrlUS96/06831 Mass spectral analysis for CgH16N2O: M+H = 159.
lH NMR (D2O): ~ 5.65 - 5.50 (m, lH); 5.40 - 5.20 (m, lH); 3.95 -- 3.25 (m, 6H); 2.80 - 2.60 ~m, lH); 2.50 - 2.30 (m, 2H); 1.60 -5 1. 50 (m, 3H) .
.
WO 9613S677 PCT/U' ~ 16 Example 42 3-butylhexahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5-imine, trifluoroacetate salt --~N H
.TFA
The product of Example 18 (1.3 g, 4.6 mmole), 5% rhodium/carbon (400 mg), ethanol (30 mL) and glacial acetic acid (30 mL) were shaken on a Parr hydrogenator at 55 psi of hydrogen overnight.
The reaction contents were filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo leaving an oil (l.1 g). The oil was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography eluting with a CH3CN/H2O to give the title product as an oil (701 mg, 54 yield).
Mass spectral analysis for CgH18N2O: M+H = 171.
H NMR (CDCl3): ~ 9.90 (s, lH); 9.50 (s, lH); 8.90 (s, lH); 4.00 - 3.40 (m, 6H); 3.00 - 2.70 (m, 2H); 1.80 - 1.20 (m, 6H); 1.00 -0.80 (m, 3H).
Example 43 hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepine-3-eth~n~m;ne, bis(trifluoroacetate) salt '~' .2TFA
Example 43 A) To 2-nitroethanol (Aldrich, 50 mL, 0.7 mol) in CH2C12 (50 mL) was added dropwise acetyl chloride (53.3 mL, 0.75 mol) n CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The contents were stirred overnight, _ 62 -washed with water, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo leaving 1-acetyl-2-nitroethanol as a light yellow oil (86 g).
Example 43 B) A sample of tetrahydropyran-4-one (Aldrich, 30 g, 0.3 mol) and morpholine (Aldrich~ 30.5 mL, 0.35 mol) were refluxed in benzene (500 mL~ for 3 hr with a Dean Stark trap to collect the water. The contents were allowed to cool and were concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (250 mL) and added dropwise to a solution of the 1-acetyl-2-nitroethanol product of Exam.ple 48 A (46.6 g, 0.35 mol) in acetonitrile (250 mL) at -20 ~C. The reaction contents were stirred overnight coming to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between Et2O and water The ether layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo leaving an oil. The oil was distilled on a Kugelrohr apparatus at 100 ~C (0.1 mm) to give 2-nitroethyltrahydropyran-4-one as an oil which p~rtially solidified (20.9 g).
Example 43 C) The 2-Nitroethyltetrahydropyran-4-one product of Exa~ple 43 B, hydroxylamine-O-sulfonic acid, and formic acid (98%) are refluxed for 0.5 hr. The contents are allowed to cool and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water. The CH2Cl2 layer is dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography to give 3-(2-nitroethyl)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine.
Example 43 D) To the 3-(2-nitroethyl)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 43 C in CH2C12 (25 mL) is added Me30+BF4~ and the contents are stirred overnight.
After concentrating in vacuo, the residue is dissolved in methanol (25 mL) and anhydrous ammonia is bubbled through the solution. Contents are stoppered and stirred 72 hours.
Contents are concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography eluting with a CH3CN/H2O
gradient (0.05~ TFA) to give 3-(2-nitroethyl)-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine.
Example 43) A sample of the 3-(2-Nitroethyl)-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 43 C and palladium black in ethanol are shaken at 55 psi hydrogen on a Parr hydrogenation apparatus overnight. The contents are filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue ~63-CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096/3S677 PCT~S96/06831 is purified by C-i8 reverse phase chromatography to give the title compound.
Example 44 (~) 3a-methoxy-4a-methyl-5a-pentylpyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride MeO~ CH3 /~ _ HN N HCI
lo H
Example 44 was prepared from Example 45e, iodomethane, and sodium hydride. The synthesis of Example 44 is completed in the mAnn~r described in Example 45.
Example 45 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-Sa-pentyl-3a-pyrrolidinol, monohydrochloride H
HNlN ~
Example 45A) To a stirring solutlon of methyl crotonate 25 (3.28 g, 32.8 mmol) and nitromethane (1.08 g, 16.0 mmol) in 20 mL of CH3CN was added DBU (2.39 mL, 16.0 mL). After 72 h, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in EtOAc. The EtOAc solution was washed with 0.5 N HCl and brine, was dried over Na2SO4 anhydrous, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by colum~n chromatography to give 3.05 g.
WO 96/3S677 PCI~/US96/06831 _xample 45B,C) Example 45A (34 g, 0.15 mol) was reducea under catalytic hydrogenation conditions using Raney Ni ~n MeOH. After heating the reaction mixture for 16 h at 55 C, the solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude lactam was separated by column chromatography into the cis (45B) and tr~ns (45C) lactam.
Example 45D) A stirring solution of Example 45B (20 g, 0.12 mol), (BocO)20 (38.7 g, 0.18 mol), ~MAP (14.4 g, 0.12 mol) in 500 mL of THF was heated at reflux for 3 h. After concen~rating reaction under vacuum, the residue was taken up in EtOAc and washed with KHSO4 and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and stripped. The crude product was purified by column chromatography to yield 31 g.
15 Example 45E) To a stirring solution of Exa~ple 45D (2.7 g, 9.9 mmol) and HMPA (1.8 g, 10.0 mmol) in 15 mL of THF cooled to -70 'C was added lithium hexamethyldisilazide (1.7 g, 10.0 mmol). After 20 min, the reaction was warmed to -40 C and cooled again to -70 C. To the stirring reaction was added 20 (R)-(-)-(camphorsulphonyl)oxaziridine (2.4 g, 10.4 mmol) in 7 mL of THF. After stirring at -70 C for 30 min, the reaction was warmed to -30 C and stirred an additional 2.5 h. To the reaction was added saturated NH4Cl solution followed by EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and stripped. The crude product was purified by column chromatography to yield 1.3 g of 3-hydroxylactam.
Example 45F) To a solution of Example 45E (1.3 g) in CH2Cl2 was added TFA (6 mL). After 2 h, the reaction was concntrated under vacuum to give 0.85 g of product.
Example 45G) To a stirring solution of Example 45F (0.85 g, 4.6 mmol) and imidazole (0.35 g, 4.6 mmol) in 15 mL was added t-butyldimethylsilylchloride (0.70 g, 4.6 mmol). After 18 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under high vacuum. To~ 35 the residue was added EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with KHCO3 solution, H2O, and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and stripped to yield 1.1 g of product.
Example 45H) A solution of Example 45G (1.1 g, 3.7 mmol) and trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (0.6 g, 4.7 mmol) in 30 mL
WO 9613S677 PCI~/US96106831 was stirred for 72 h at ambient temperature. Afte~ remo~ing solvent under vacuum, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc.
The organic layer was washed with KHCO3 solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and stripped to yield 1 g of product.
Exampie 45I) Example 45H (1 g) in MeOH w s treated with NH4Cl (O.3 g) under 12 Kbar Ot pressure. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was taken up in CH2Cl2, filtered, and stripped to give 0.8 g of product.
Example 45) To a solution of Example 45I (0.8 g) in 40 mL of MeOH was added 10 mL of 1 N HCl. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between 0.05 N HCl and CH2C12. The aqueous layer stripped. The residue was purified by chromatography on a reverse phase C-18 column to give two alcohols. The first eluting was Example 46 and the second eluting was Example 45.
Elemental analysis: CloH2oN2o 1 HC1 ~0.2 H20 (MW=224.35) C H N Cl C~lculated: 53.80 9.61 12.49 15.80 Found: 53.80 9.47 12.14 15.46 Example 46 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-5a-pentyl-3~-pyrrolidinol, monohydrochloride H
~' HN ~ ~ "'"~~~~'~' .HCI H
The synthesis and isolation of Example 46 was described _~.
Example 45.
Elemental analysis: C10H2oN2o-l HCl 0.2 H20 (MW=224.35) C H N Cl Calculated: 53.80 9.61 12.49 15.80 ~ound: 53.78 9.37 12.14 15.78 e CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096l35677 PCT~S96/06831 Example 47 (') 2-imino-5a-pentyl-4~-(t~ifluoromethyl)-3a-pyrrolidinol, monohydrochloride H ~ ~CF3 HN
.HCl Example 47A) A suspension of ethyl 4,4,4-trifluorocrotonate (10.0 g, 59 mmol), 1-nitrohexane (7.86 g, 60 mmol), K2CO3 (4.1 g), and Aliquot 336 ( 6 drops) was sonicated for 5 h. To the reaction was added Et20 (200 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered, extracted with brine, dried over Na2SO4 (anhydrous), filtered, and concen~rated under reduced pressure to give a yellow liguid. The product was purified by column chromatography to give 13.8 g (77~).
Example 47B,C) A solution o~ Example 47A (13.0 g) in MeOH
was reduced under catalytic hydrogenation conditions (60 psi, C) using Raney nickel. The reaction was heated for 8 h to effect cyclization after reduction of the nitro group.
After concentration of the reaction mixture under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by column chromatography to give 9.0 g of a light yellow liquid. A second column was run to separate the cis (47B) and trans lactam (47C).
_xample 47D) Example 47C was treated in the manner desc~ibed in Example 45D and following to prepare Example 47.
_lemental analysis: CloH17N2F30 ~ 1 HCl (MW=274.71) Calculated: 43.72 6.60 10.20 12.91 -ound: 43.62 6.44 10.15 12.73 W096t3S677 PCT~S96/06831 Example 48 hexahyàro-5-imino-~-Phenyl-1,4-oxazepine-3-eth~n~mine, bis(t-lfluoroacetate) salt H2N~H~NH
TFA
~he title product is prepared according to the procedure of Example 43, using ~-nitrostyrene instead of 1-acetyl-2-nitroethanol to afford the title product.
Example 49 N-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrol-5-yl)hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepine-3-ethAn~mine, bis(trifluoroacetate) salt O
C~H~H NH
.~TFA
_xample 43 is allowed to react with 2-methoxypyrroline to a~ford _he t tle product.
Example 50 3-[[2-(hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-3-yl)ethyl]amino]alanine, ~ris(~_ifluoroacetate) salt - =
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
wOg6/35677 PCT~S96/06831 .3TFA ~ ~
HO2C~--H~--H NH
., NH2 rxample 50 A) Example 43 is allowed to react with ~-CBZ-dehydroalanine methyl ester to afford the protected title produc_.
Exampie 50) Removal of the CBZ protecting group from Example 50 A by hydrogenation followed by acid hydrolysis affords the title produc~.
Example 51 3-~2-(hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-3-yl)-2-pnenylethyl]amino]alanine, tris(trifluoroacetate) salt .3TFA ~ ~
HO2C ~N~HN NH
NH2 ~3 Example 51 A) Example 48 is allowed to react ~ith N-CBZ-dehydroalanine methyl ester to afford the protected title product.
Example 51) Removal of the Cr3Z protecting group from example 51a by hydrogenation followed by acid hydrolysis affords the itle product.
Example 52 2-(hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-3-yl)cyclohexAnAm;ne, bis(t-ifluoroacetate) salt _69 CA 02218360 1997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 NH2 ~ ?~
~H NH
. 'TFA
~he ti.le product is prepared by the method of Example 43 using ,-nit_ocyclonexanol in place of 2-nitroethanol.
~70-CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S9C~'Q~l Example 53 ~-cyclopropylhexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepine-3-eth~n~m;ne, bis(tr-fluoroacetate) salt ..
~~~ ~
.2TFA
Example 53 A) 2-nitro-2-cyclopropylethanol is prepared f_om cyclopropylcarboxaldehyde via the Henry reaction.
Example 53) The title product is prepared by the method of Example 43 using the 2-nitro-2-cyclopropylethanol produc. of Example 53 A in place of 2-nitroethanol.
Example 54 a-ethylhexahydro-5-imino-~-methyl-1,4-oxazepine-3-eth~n~m;ne, bis(trifluoroacetate) salt ~~ ~' .2TFA
?he ti~le product is preparea by the method of Example 43 usin 3-nit-o-4-hydroxypentane in piace of 2-nitroethanol.
~ ~xample 55 - 2-(hexanydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-3-yl)cyclohex~n~;ne, bis(t- fluoroacetate) salt -7l-CA 02218360 1997-11-lo W096/35677 PCT~Ss'~
NH2 ~ ~
~N~NH
.2TFA
rxample 55 A) Tetrahydropyran-4-one is allowed to react with o-nitrobenzyl ~romide under basic conditions to give 2-(o-nitrobenzyl)tetrahydropyran-4-one.
Example 55 B) The 2-(o-nitrobenzyl)tetrahydropyran-4-one product of Example 55 A is carried on as in Example 43c-d to give 3-(o-nitrobenzyl)-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine.
Example 55) The 3-(o-nitrobenzyl)-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 55 A is reduced under hydrogen atmosphere utilizing platinum oxide catalyst to afford the title product.
Example 56 hexahydro-5-imino-~-(2-thienyl)-1,4-oxazepine-3-eth~n~mine, bis(trifluoroacetate) salt H2N~--N NH
[~S .~TFA
Lhe ti.le material is prepared according to the procedure of _xampie 48 using 1-nitro-2-(2-thiophenyl)ethene.
Example 57 a-aminonexahydro-5-imino-~-(2-thienyl)-l~4-oxazepine-3-pro2anc:
- 30 acid, ~is(t~ifluoroacetate) salt W096/35677 PCT~S~6/0 O
H 02C ~ ) H2N~--HN~N H
~S .2TFA
., S Example 58 a- (aminomet:~yl)hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepine-3-methanoi, bis(t-ifluoroacetate) salt '~' H2N~H NH
o O H .2TFA
Example 59 8-imino-3,7-diazaspiro~5.6]dodecan-9-ol, dihydrochloride OH
~--H~NH
H N . 2HCl ,-(Spiro-4-piperidinyl-N-Z)caprolactam is treated as desc-ibed n Example 34 to give the tille compound.
Example 60 3-(2-aminoethyl)hexahyaro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-6-oi, bis(t-ifluoroacetate) salt CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S9'~~B~I
f ,_O H
, /~HN
., H2N
_xample 60 A) The produc~ of Example 43C is reacted as in _xample 39 to afford 3-(2-nitroethyl)hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol.
~xample 60) 3-(2-nitroethyl)hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol ,s reduced as in Example 43 to afford the title compound.
Example 61 hexahydro-5-imino-3-[2-[~2-pyrrolidinylidene)amino]ethyl]-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol, bis(trifluoroacetate) salt N H
~H H
The product of Example 60 is reacted as in Example 49 to afford the title compound.
Example 62 -(2-amino-1-phenylethyl)hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol, ~is(t-ifluoroacetate) salt CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 --N~N H
H
~3 Example 62 A) 3-(2-Nitro-1-phenylethyl)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine is prepared as in Example 43, using ~-nitrostyrene instead of 1-acetyl-2-nitroethanol.
Exampie 62 B) 3-(2-Nitro-1-phenylethyl)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine is reacted as in Example 39 to afford 3-(2-nitro-1-phenylethyl)-6-hydroxy-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine.
Example 62) 3-(2-Nitro-1-phenylethyl)-6-hydroxy-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine is reduced as in Example 43 to afford the title compound.
Example 63 (+) 2-imino-4a-(trifluoromethyl)-5~-pentylpyrrolidin-3a-ol HO ~CF3 HN~
_xamp;e 63 's synthesized ar.d isolated _rom Example 47.
Example 64 (_) 2-imino-4~-(trifluorome~hyl)-5~-pentylpyr-olidin-3a-ol _75-W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 HO~ ~CF3 HN~
., H HCI
_xample 54 is prepared from Example 47B in the manner descriDed in Example 47.
Example 65 (+) 2-imino-4a-(trifluoromethyl)-5a-pentylpyrrolidin-3a HO~ CF3 I \
HN~N~--H HCI
Example 65 is prepared from Example 47B in the manner described in Example 47.
Example 66 (+) 2-imino-4~-methyl-5a-pentylpyrrolidin-3a-ol HO~ ~CH3 HN~--/--H HCI
_xample 66 is prepared from Example 45C in the manner described in Example 45.
Example 67 (=) 2-imino-4a-methyl-5~-pentylpyrro'idin-3~-ol _76--W096/3~677 PCT~S9C10 HO~ &H3 r~
HN~N~
H HCI
_xampie 67 is prepared from Example 45C in the manner described in Example 45.
Example ~8 (+) 5a-(3-aminopropyl)2-imino-4a-methylpyrrolidin-3a-ol~
dihydrochloride HO~ CH3 HN~--/NH2 H HCI
Example 69 (+) 5a-(3-aminobutyl)-2-imino-4a-methylpyrrolidin-3a-ol~
dihydrochloride HO~_~CH3 HN N~/NH2 Example 70 (+) a-amino-4a-hydroxy-5-imino-3a-methylpyrrolidine-2a-2utanol, dihydrochloride CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 HO~ CH3 HN~N~NH2 H HCI OH
Example 71 (+) me~hyl a-amino-4a-hydroxy-5-imino-3a-methylpyrrolidin 2a-butanoate, dihydrochloride HO~ &H3 HN~ ~,NH2 H HCI COOMe Example 72 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-5a-pentylpyrrolidin-3a-amine, dihydrochloride H2~ CH3 HN~----H HCI
_xample 72 -s prepared from Example 45E and Boc2~Hby '~itsunobu reaction conditions. The synthesis of Example 72 is co.npleted in the manner desc-ibed in Example 45.
Example 73 (H 5-imino-4a-methyl-2a-pen=ylpyrrolidin-3a-Ol, monohydroch_oride 7a-CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S9C/0~~~1 H3C~ 0H
HN~N~
H HCI
Example 74 (+) 5-imino-3a,4a-dimethylpyrrolidin-2a-prop~n~ine, dihydroch oride H3C~ ~CH3 HN~ NH2 H HCI
o Example 75 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-5a-pentylpyrrolidine-3a-carboxylic aci.d, monohydrochloride HOOC~ CH3 HN~ N----H HCI
Example 76 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-5a-pentylpyrrolidine-3a-methanol, monohydrochloride HOH2C~ CH3 HN~N ~
H HCI
W096t3S677 PCT~S96/06831 Example 77 (+) 5a-[3-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazoi-2-yi)propyl] -2-imino-~a-methyipyrrolidin-3a-ol, dihydrochloride S
HO~ ~CH3 HN~>
HN~N'\--J_ N
H HCI
Example 78 (+) 5a-[3-(lH-imidazol-2-yl)propyl]-2-imino-4a-methylpyrrolidin-3a-ol, dihydrochloride HN~
H HCI
Example 79 (+) sa- [ 3-amino-3-(lH-imidazol-2-yl)propyl]-2-imino-4a-methylpyrrolidin-3a-ol, trihydrochloride HO~ CH3 HN/~
~=N
HN~ N~
Example 80 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-Sa-[3-,(pheryimet:yl)amino]propyl]pyrrolidin-3a-ol, dihydrocnio~ide e CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096/3S677 PCT~S9G/0~Q~l HO~ ,CH3 HN~/- H--H
Example 80 A) cis and trans-5-[(1,3-dioxol~n-2-yl)methy:]-4-(methyl)pyr~olidin-2-one was prepared in the manner desc_ibed in R. Ohrle n, W. Schwab, R. Ehrler, 'J. Jager, Synthesis l9g6, 535-538) starting with 1,1-dimethoxy-3-nitropropane and methyl crotonate.
Example 80 3,C) Example 80 A was reduced under catalytic hydrogenation conditions using Raney Ni in MeOH. After heating the reaction mixture for 16 h at 55 C, the solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude lactam was separated by column chromatography into the cis (80 s) and trans (80C) lactam.
Example 80 D) A stirring solution of Example 80 B , (BocO)2O, DMAP in THF is heated at reflux for 3 h. After concentrating reaction under vacuum, the residue is taken up in EtOAc and washed with KHSO4 and brine. The organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and stripped. The crude product is purified by column chromatography.
Example 80 E) To a stirring solution of Example 80 D and XMPA in THF cooled to -70 ~C is added lithium hexamethyldisilazide. After 20 min, the reaction is warmed to -40 C and cooled again to -70 C. To the stirring reaction is added (R)-(-)-(camphorsulphonyl)oxaziridine in THF. Afte- stirring at -~0 C for 30 min, the reaction s warmed to -_0 C and stirred an additional 2.5 h. To the react-on is added saturated NH4Cl soiution followed by E~OAc.
The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over anhyd-ous ~ 30 ~a~SO~, fi'_ered, and stripped. The crude product is purifiec by column -:-romatography to yield 1.3 g of 3-hydroxylactam.
_xample 80 -) To a stirring solution of Example 80 E in CHC'-is added H~~ and TFA. After stirring for 2 h, the reaction mixture is ~oncentrate~ under reduced pressure. ~he res-due is dissolved in EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with a WO 96/3S677 PCT/US96/0~31 - i ni ml~ of satura~ed NaHCO3, driea ove~ MgSo4, Ciltered, a-.d _oncen~rated under reduced pressure to recover crude aldehyde.
_xampie 80 G) To a sirring solution of Example 80 F in MeOH
-s added NaBH3CN. The reaction is main~ained at pH 4 by _he aadition of HOAc. ~fter stirring for three days, the reac~ion .ixture is concentrated under vacuum. ~o the residue is added : N HCl and EtOAc. After separating the layers, the aqueous phase is neutralized with NaHCO3 and extracted with EtO~c.
~fter concentrating the organic phase, the residue is treated -.;ith 1 N HCl and lyophilized. The resulting solid is purified by reverse phase column chromatography on a C-18 column.
_xample 80 H) The produ-t of Example 80 G is treated with -rimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in CH2C12 as described in _xample ~5.
_xample 80) A solution of the product of Example 80 H in MeOH
is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 Collowed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to generate the title material.
Example 81 4a-methyl-5a-pentyl-3a-(methylthio)pyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride MeS~ CH3 HN~ N~
H HCI
Biological Data ~ he ac.ivity of the abo~Je listed compounas as NO sy.._hase -nhibitors has been determinea in the following assays:
_itrllline .~.ssav ~or Nitric ~xide Svnthase a~-.
CA 02218360 l997-ll-l0 W096/35677 PCT~S96/0~Q~l ~'itr - oxide synthase (NOS~ ac~-v-ly was measurea _y mo--~or~
.he conversion o- [3H]-arginine tO [3H~-cicrulline ('3rea_ and anyde~, Pro~ Natl. Acad. âci. -J.S.~., 87, 682-6~5, la90 and ~isko et al, ~ur. J Ph~m., 233, 119-125, 1993). ;iuman -~duc ble NOS (hiNOS), human endothelial constitut~ve NOS
(hecNOS) and human neuronal consti-utive NOS (hncNOâ) were each cloned from RNA extracted from human tissue. The cDNA for human inducible NOS (hiNOS) was isolated from a ~cDNA library .,;ade rom RNA extracted from a colon sample from a patient wi-h uicerative colitis. The cDNA for human endotheliai cons.itut ve NOS (hecNOS) was isolated from a ~cDNA library made from RNA
extracted from huma~ umbilical vein endothelial cells (H WEC) and the cDNA for human neuronal constitutive NOS (hncNOS) was isola~ed from a ~cDNA library made from RNA extracted from human cerebellum obtained from a cadaver. The recombinant enzymes were expressed in Sf9 insect cells using a baculovirus vector (Rodi et al, in The ~iolo~v of Nitric Oxide. Dt. 4: F~nzvm RiochPm;strv ~nd Immunoloav: Moncada, S., Feelisch, M., 3usse, R., Higgs, E., Eds.; Portland Press Ltd.: London, 1995; pp 447-450). Enzyme activity was isolated from soluble cell extractsand partially purified by DEAE-Sepharose chromatography. To measure NOS activity, 10 ~L of enzyme was added to 40 ~L of 50 mM Tris (pH 7.6) in the presence or absence of test compounds and the reaction initiated by the addition of 50 ~L of a ~eaction mixture cont~in;ng 50 mM Tris (pH 7.6), 2.0 mg/m~
bovine serum albumin, 2.0 mM DTT, 4.0 m~ CaC12, 20 ~M FAD, 100 ~M te-rahydrobiopterin, 0.4-2.0 mM NADPH and 60 ~M L-arg nine containing 0.9 ~Ci of L-[2,3-3H]-arginine. The final concenrration of L-arginine in the assay was 30 ~M. For hecNOâ, and hncNOS, calmodulin was included at a final concentrat-on o-40-10~ nM. ~ollowing incuba~ion at 37~ C for 15 minutes, ~he -eact_on was ~erminated by addition of 300 ~L of cold sto~
buffe_ containing 10 mM EGTA, 00 mM H~PES, pH 5.5 and 1 .-.M
c trul:ine. 3H]-Citrulline was separated by chromatography o..
~owex -0W X-~ cation exchange resin and radioactivity dete~mined .~ith a liqu d scintillation counter. Results are repor-ea --.
mable ~ as ~:e ICso values o~ compounds for hiNOS, hecNOS anc :ncNOâ. Co...pounds giving less than 50% inhibition a~ 10r UM
were repor~ed as having ICso ~alues of >100 ~M and compou.ds _83-W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 givir.g grea-er than 50% inhiDi-ion a~ 100 UM were repor~e~ as :-aving ICso values of <100 ,UM.
W096/3S677 PCT~S96/06831 ~he foliowing Examp;es were assayea wit:- the -ollo:Jins ~esults.
Table I
, IC50 t~M]
~Ex~ple hiNOS hocNOS hncNOS
iO >100 13 cl00 <l00 <l00 18 <lO0 >l00 >l00 15 21 >l00 >l00 >l00 36 >l00 37 <l00 ~l00 <l00 38 >l00 <l00 <l00 39 <l00 >l00 <l00 25 40 <l00 >l00 <l00 41 >l00 >l00 >l00 42 <l00 >l00 <l00 44 >l00 >l00 >l00 <l00 >l00 <l00 ~6 cl00 >l00 <l00 ~7 <l00 >l00 <l00 :~iNoS rerers to human induci~le NOS
_85-W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 hecNOS refers to human endotheiial constitutive NOS
hncNOa refe-s to human neuronal constitutive NOS
~ rom the foregoing description, one skilled ~n the art can easil~ ascertain the essential characteristics of this -nven-ion, and without depar~ing from the spirit and scope ~hereof, can make various changes and modifications of the inven~ion to adapt it to various usages ar.d conditions.
US-A 2 049 582 describes the preparation of acid amidines.
US-A 3 121 093 is related to substituted iminopyrrolidines of the formula R2 R~
Rl ~/~R
which are said to be useful as fungicides.
BRN 39493 describes the preparation of 7-imino-azepane-2-carboxylic acid.
BRN 6143647 describes the preparation of 7-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-<1,4>thiazepan-5-yl-yiidineamine.
BRN 389517 describes the preparation of 6-imino-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl-ester and its amide is disclosed in BRN 388043.
BRN 5981412 describes the preparation of the compound )~ S~
;
HO e ~~=
BRN 778069 describes the preparation of 5-imino-thiomorpholine-3-carboxylic aid.BRN 880305 describes the preparation of (2-imino-1-methyl-hexahydropyridine-4-yl)-acetic acid.
BRN 742055 describes the preparation of piperazine-2-ylidene amine.
BRN 881955 describes the preparation of amino-(2-imino-hexahydro-pyridimidine-4-yl) acetic acid.
E3RN 777936 describes the preparation of 2-imino-hexahydro-pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid.
BRN 507189 describes the preparation of 5-methyl-oxazolidine-2-ylideneamine.
BRN 507962 describes the preparation of 1-isopropyl-pyrazolidine-3-ylideneamine.BRN 5403979 describes the preparation of 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-<1,3>thi~,epine-2-ylamine.
BRN 107123 describes the preparation of 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-<1,3>diazepine-2-ylamine.
BRN 141409 describes the preparation of 3-amino-2,5,6,7-tetrahydro-<1,4>thiazepine-5-carboxylic acid.
BRN 5~08 describes the preparation of 5-amino-3,6-dihydro-2H-<1,4>thiazine-3-carboxylic acid.
Summar~ of the Invention In accordance with the present invention novel ~mi dino derivatives are provided. These novel inhibitor compounds can be represented by the following chemical formula (I):
Rs RSB ~-----~Rl ~N~--N R
. R8 (I) 0 S~
i CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/3S677 PCT~Sg~'OC~l carboxyalkyl, CONR1OR11, S(O)R10, a (O) 2RlO, S02NRl~Rll, PO(OR1O)(OR11), amidino, guanidino;
wherein all said substitutions may be optionally subs~i_uted with one or more of the following: halogen, lower alkyl, am.ino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, ~ carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, S(O)R10, S(O)2R10, amidino, guanidino;
X = NR2, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 6;
A = NR3, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)~, CH=C~;
q = 0 to 6;
B = NR4, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)~, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 6;
R2 = hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, heterocyclyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, thiol, lower thioalkoxy, S(O)R9, S(O)2R9, halogen, nitro, amino, alkylamlno, dialkylamino, Am~oAlkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, alkylaminoaryl, acylamino, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboarylalkyloxy, cyano, aminocarbonylalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonylaminoalkyl, haloalkyl, SO2NRlORll~ wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: lower alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, lower alkoxy;
R5, R6, may optionally be taken together to form an alicyclic hydrocarbon, heterocyclyl or aromatic hydrocarbon and said optionally formed ring may be optionally substituted with one o-more of the following:
lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl which may be optionally substituted with carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboxyalkylaryloxy and lower alkoxy;
6 .
R8 = hydrogen, hydr,oxy, O-Alkyl;
R9 = hydrogen, hydroxy, O-Alkyl;
R10 = hydro~en, lowe~ alkyl, alkylaryl, aryl Rll = hydrogen, lower alkyl, alkylaryl, aryli R1O and Rll, taken together, may be al~ylene, resulting in a N-containing heterocycle;
with the proviso that when A is (CH2)q and B is (CH2)r, then only one of R1, Rs, R6, R7 can be hydrogen;
with the proviso that when R1 is iower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R' is not substituted by cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and aryl, unless one A, or B is NR2, O, S, SO, SO2;
with the proviso that when A and B are(CH2)p or CH=CH, and R1 is lower alkyl, lower aikenyl, lower alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R1 is not substituted by cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or aryl and Rs and R5 are not H;
with the further proviso that when X=CH=CH, A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)V and q+v=2, then none of R1, Rs, R6 and R7 can be carboxy at the 6-position; and with the further proviso that when X=NH, A=(CH2)ql B=(CH2)~ and q+v=4, then none of R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be carboxy at the 7-position.
with the further proviso that when A or B is sulfur, R' cannot be aryl;
with the further proviso that when X=CH2, A=S and B=(CH2)V, and v= 1 or 2, one of R5, R6, and R7 is carboxyl at position 6 if v=1, or position 7 if v=2, then at least one of R', R5, R6 and R' is not hydrogen;
with the further proviso that when A or B is N, at least one of R', R5, R6, and R7 is not H;
with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p, A is (CH2)q, and p+q is 2, and B is N, R4 is not alkyl;
o S~
6a with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p A is (CH2)ql p+q is 3, R1, R5, R6, and R7 are each H, B is not SO2;
with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p, A is (CH2)q, B is (CH2)v and p+q+v is 3, or one of B is CH=CH and p+q is 1, then none of R', R5, R6, and R7 can be a lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl at position 5, and no more than one of R1, R5, R5 and R7 can be alkoxy or cycloalkoxy at the ~position.
S~
,0 ,. . CA 02218360 1997-11-10 .~. . ..
In another broad aspect, the present inventlon is directed to inhibiting nitric oxide synthesis in a subject in need o~
such inhibition or treatment by administering a compound of Formula (I) which preferentially inhibits the inducible iso~orm S o~ nitric oxide synthase over the constitutive iso~orm of nitric oxide synthase, in a nitric oxide synthesis inhibiting amount to such subject.
The invention ~urther relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound ~rom Formula (I)~including those as described above in the 6th to 10th proviso.
Compounds and compositions de~ined above have use~ulness as inhibitors of nitric oxide synthase. These compounds also preferentially inhibit the inducible form.
Conditions in which there is an advantage in inhibiting NO
production ~rom L-arginine in disorders mediated by nitric.oxide including amongst others, systemic hypotension associated with septic and/or toxic shock induced by a wide variety of agents;
20 therapy with cytokines such as TNF, IL-l and IL-2; and as an adjuvant to short term immunosuppression in transplant therapy.
Further conditions in which there is an advantage in inhibiting NO production ~rom L-arginine include autoimmune diseases and/or inflammatory conditions such as those affecting the joints, ~or example arthritis or in~1ammatory bowel disease, cardiovascular ischemia, diabetes, congestive heart ~ailure, myocarditis, artherosclerosis, migraine, reflux esophagitis, diarrhea, irritable bowel syndrome, cystic fibrosis, emphysema, hyperalgesia (allodynia) cerebral ischemia (both focal ischemia, thrombotic.stroke and global ischemia, secondary to cardiac.
arrest) and other CNS disorder mediated by NO, including opiate tolerance in patients needing protracted opiate analgesics, benzodiazepine tolerance in patients taking benzodiazepines, and other addictive behaviors for example nicotine and eating disorder.
, The present invention includes compounds of ~ormula (I) in ~ the form o~ salts, in particular acid addition salts. suitable s al ts include tho s e Eormed wi th b~ th ~rganic and inor~nic WO 96/3S677 PCT/U~ Q~l acids. Sucn acid addi.ion salts will normally be pharmaceutically acceptable although salts of non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be of utilit-~ in the preparation and purification of the compound in question. Thus, preferred salts include those formed from hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, citric, tartaric, phosphoric, lactic, acetic, succinic, fumaric, maleic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, benzenesulfonic and the like.
(See, for example, S. M. Berge et al., Pharmaceutical Salts, J.
10 Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, 1-19.) Salts of the compcunds of formula (I) can be made by reacting the appropriate compound in the form of the free base with the appropriate acid.
While it may be possible for the compounds of formula (I) to be ~m; ni stered as the raw chemical, it is preferable to present them as a pharmaceutical formulation. According to a further aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers thereof and optionally one or more other therapeutic ingredients. The carrier(s) must be "acceptable~ in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
The formulations include those suitable for oral, inhalation, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous and intraarticular), rectal and topical (including dermal, buccal, sublingual and intraocular) 3 0 ~mi ni stration although the most suitable route may depend upon for example the condition and disorder of the recipient. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the ar~
of pharmacy. All methods include the step of bringing into 35 association a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof ("active ingredient") with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and in~imately bringing into association the active ingredient with ' qui~ carr ers or finely divided solid carriers o~ both and then, f necessary, shaping the product into the desired formu ation.
~ormulations of the present invention suitable for oral ~nm; n stration may be presented as discrete units such as capsuies, cachets or tablets each contA;n;ng a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid 2mulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
A tablet may be made by compression or moulding, optlonally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agent. Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable m~ch; ne a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
Formulations for parenteral ~m; n; stration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render ~he formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions whic:-may i-clude suspending agents and thickening agents. The Formu_ations may be presen~ed in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be storea in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requirir.g onl--the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example, salir.ewater-for-injection, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injec~ion solutions and suspensions may be prepared from ster- e powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
_ 9 _ CA 02218360 1997-ll-lO
WO 96t3S677 PCT/US9"."~'31 -ormulations for rectal admir stration may be Dresented as a suppository with the usual carriers such as cocoa butte- or polyethylene glycol.
~ormulations for topical administration in the mouth, for exampie buccally or sublingually, include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acac a or tragacanth, and pastilles comprising the active ingredient in a basis such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia.
Formulations for inhalation ~mi n; stration where the active ingredient is inhaled into the lungs either as a mist or co-~mi ni stered with an inert carrier agent.
Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing an effective dose, as hereinbelow recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, the formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in ~uestion, for example those suitable for oral ~m;nistration may include flavoring agents.
The compounds of the invention may be administered orally or via injection at a dose of from 0.001 to 2500 mg/kg per day.
The dose range for adult humans is generally from 0.005 mg to 10 g/day. Tablets or other forms of presentation provided in discrete units may conveniently contain an amount of compound of the i..vention which is effective at such dosage or as a multi2ie of the same, for instance, units containing 5 mg to 500 mg, usually around 10 mg to 200 mg.
The compounds of formula (I) are preferably administered orally or by injection (intravenous or subcutaneous). The precise amount of compound administered to a patient will be the responsibility of the attendant physician. However, the dose employed will depend on a number of factors, including the age _ 10 -WO 96/3S677 PCT/IJS9''0~ 1~31 and sex of the patient, the precise disorder being treated, and its severity. Also, the route of ~m;nistration may vary depending on the condition and its severity.
As utilized herein, the term "lower alkyl~, alone or in combination, means an acyclic alkyl radical cont~in;ng from 1 to about 10, preferably from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, iso~utyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl and the like.
The term "lower alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated acyclic hydrocarbon radical in so much as it contains at least one double bond. Such radicals cont~;n;ng from about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably from about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of suitable alkenyl radicals include propylenyl, buten-1-yl, isobutenyl, pentenylen-l-yl, 2-2-methylbuten-1-yl, 3-methylbuten-1-yl, hexen-1-yl, hepten-1-yl, and octen-1-yl, and the like.
The term "lower alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated acyclic hydrocarbon radical in so much as it contains one or more triple bonds, such radicals contA;n;ng about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably having from about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably having 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of suitable alkynyl radicals include ethynyl, propynyl, butyn-1-yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-1-yl, pentyn-2-yl, 3-methylbutyn-1-yl, hexyn-1-yl, hexyn-2-yl, hexyn-3-yl, 3,3-dimethylbutyn-1-yl radicals and the like.
- The term "alicyclic hydrocarbon" or "cycloalkyl" means a aliphatic radical in a ring with 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, and preferably from 3 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of suitable alicyclic radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl and the like.
The term "aromatic hydrocarbon" means aromatic radical wi.h 4 to about 16 carbon atoms, preferably 6 to about 12 carbon WO 96135677 PCI'lUS9f '0~
a~oms, more preferably 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. rxampies o suitable aromatic hydrocarbon radicais include pher.yl, naphthyi, and tre like.
The term ~aryl" as used herein means 5- and 6-membered single-aromatic radicals which may include from zero to four heteroatoms. Representative aryls include phenyl, thienyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, (is)oxazoyl and the like.
The term DCM means dichloromethane.
The term DEAD means diethyl azodicarboxylate.
The term DIBAL-H means diisobutylall~m;nl~m hydride.
The term DMAP means dimethylaminopyridine.
The term DMSO means dimethylsulfoxide.
The term EDC means 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride.
The term ~heterocyclyl radical~ means a saturated or unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon radical including aromatic systems with 4 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 6; wherein 1 to about 4 carbon atoms are replaced by nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or carbonyl. The "heterocyclic radical n may be fused to an aromatic hydrocarbon radical.
Suitable examples include pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, thienyl, furanyl, retrazolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolindinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, piperidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, triazinyl, 1,3,5-trithianyl, benzo(b)~hiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, and the like.
~he term HOBT means N-hydroxybenzo~riazole.
The term "lower alkoxy", alone or in combination, means an alkyl ether radical wherein the term alkyl is as defined above and most preferably cont~;ning 1 to about 4 carbon atoms.
Examples of suitable alkyl ether radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
L0 The term "lower thioalkoxy~, alone or in combination, means an alkyl thioether radical wherein the term alkyl is as defined above and most preferably contA;ning 1 to about 4 carbon atoms.
Examples of suitable alkyl thioether radicals include thiomethoxy, thioethoxy, thio-n-propoxy, th o-i-propoxy, thio-n-butoxy, thio-iso-butoxy, thio-sec-butoxy, thio-tert-butoxy and the like.
The term alkoxycarbonyl as used herein means an alkoxy group, as defined abo~e, having a carbonyl (C=O) group attached.
The term "halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
The term MCPBA means m-chloroperbenzoic acid.
The term NMM means N-methylmorpholine.
The term NMMO means 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide.
The term "prodrug" refers to a compound that is made more active in vivo.
~ The term sulfinyl means SO.
The term sulfonyl means SO2.
The term TEA means triethylamine.
The term TMSN3 means azidotrimethylsilane.
WO 96/3S677 PCT/U~39G~
As used herein, reference to "treatment" of a patient is intenaed to include prophylaxis.
All references, patents or applications, U.S. or foreign, cited n the application are hereby incorporated by reference as if wri~ten herein.
Compounds of the present invention can exist in geometric or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- and trans-geometric isomers, E-and Z-geometric isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, d-isomers, l-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention.
Disclosed are eleven general synthetic processes useful in the preparation of the compounds of the present invention.
- l4 _ Scheme 1:
~ R\J~ CO2Me (~
R~ A-¦- B 1 ( Z = halide) RX\~9 R7 ~ RS ~ RA ¦ B
RS '<1~~ R A-¦ B C02Me / z_ R6 A-¦ B C OH R ~ X\~~ R
a,b R6A ¦B R6A-¦ B
Rs ~ Rl g ~5 ~ ~ NH R5 R6--A ¦ B /~B R~ B/A~X
RS~e f~h ~ 5 ~gl Rl R /A\R6 i ~
RS NH .HCl NH .HCl R6 X~ NH ~ NH RS
A/Bl Rl B/.A\X
a) Mg, THF; b) CuI, -30 ~C; c~ -30 ~C to O ~C or r. t.; d) DMSO, oxalyl chloride, CH2Cl2, -70 ~C; e) Et3N, -70 ~C to 0 ~C;
~) NH20H, NaOAc, EtOH; g) PhSO2Cl, NaOH, H20, ace~one; h) Me30 BF4-; i) NH4Cl; j) ~2C03 ~r NaH, D~F; k) NaCN, DMSO, H20, heat 1) D~F, L- Rl (where L'-Rl is CH2=CHCO-Rl); m) iN LiOH, MeOH.
S~ ' O~
Scheme 2: ; , ~ Rm/~n HQ~
R ~ ~ Rn 7~ RnY
R5 o Rm R~ ~ + ~Rs dr R ~d 5 OMe Rm OMe R
e ¦ R le R~5 ~ .HCl IRm NH .HCl R6 X~\ NH R ~~~ ,NH R5 A/B~ y R B/A\X
(Y = CN, COOalkyl, NO2, 5O2alkyl, SO2NH2, SO2NRL~Rll, heteroaryl) Rm = H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle Rn = H, alkyl, aryl, heterocycle Rm and Rn may be taken together to ~orm a rina a) solvent (benzene); b) NH2OH, NaOAc, EtOH;_c) PhSO2Cl, NaOH, ~2~, acetone; d) Me3otBFg-~ CH2C12; e) NH4Cl, MeOH
. ~i ,0 ;
W09613S677 PCT/U~ 6~31 Scheme 3:
5~0R \~ J'OR R$~NH
- (R = alkyl or aryl) R6 RL
~H HCI ~ d R~6 Rl a) Base, RlCH2NO2 b) H2 / RaNi, 55'C c) Me3O+BF~~, CH~C12;
d) NH4Cl, MeOH
Scheme 4:
02N~Rl Rl b Rlj~'OMe ~R6 Rl $R6 ~Rl a) R5CoR6 base; b) Base, R7CH~CO~Me; c) H2/RaNi, 55~C; d) Me3O BF~~, CH2Cl2; e) NH4Cl, MeOH.
W09613S677 PCT~S9'r~~~~l S cheme 5:
O O
R7 ~ NH H R7 ~ b R6~ ~ 6~ C02Me 'HN~ OCH~ Ph ~ ( Ph = phenyl ) O OMe ~ R7 ~ d R6--~ ~ C02Me R~~ ~ CO2Me R5 (CH2 ) p I R5 (CH2) HN~ OCH2 Ph HN~ OCH2 Ph O O
NH .HCl NH .HCl R7_~NH ~ R _~NH
R6~ ~ C02Me R6~ ~ C02Me R5 (CH2 ) I R5 (CH2 ) p I
HN~OCH2Ph NH2 . HCl o a) DBU, Z-a-phosphonoglycine trimethyl ester; b) H2/
[Rh~(COD)(R,R-DIPAMP)]~BF4- (antipod catalyst can be used);
c) Me3O+ BF4-, CH2Cl2; d) NH4Cl,MeOH; e) H2, Pd/C.
Scheme 6:
O O O
NH a ~ NJ~ O~ b --~ 1 Rs B~--6 a~ O ~ A/~ d Me O ~ I e OMe s~B~6 ~R
Ml e NH . HC 1 N~ . HC 1 Me ~/ ~ RI A/
Rs B~R6 s'B' 6 a) (t-butylOCO)2O, DMAP, THF; b) LiH~DS, ~MPA, THF, (lS)~
(10-camphorsulfonyl)oxaziridine or (1~)-(-)-(10-camphorsul~onyl) oxaziridine; c) t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride, imidazole, DMF; d) Mg(ClO4)2 (20%), CX3C~; e) Me3O BF~-, CH2C12; f) NH4Cl, MeOH; g) (butyl)~N~F-, MeOH.
O
Scheme 7:
O - O ~ /--\
R ~ lR--~ 3 1 ~cOOEt A lR - ~ f A g CN 3 ~ i A
~, 1 R-- J 1 R ~C
oAo k A e - ~= /~ON~ 1~ ~=NH
/--\ ' R ~=,'N--Z ~ lR ~=N-z 3 R R7 3) q R ~,R7 1) r lR ~R7 MeO~N/~ 2) j ~ HN~N--N-Z
a) Naff/TH~; b) BrCff2C~/THF; c) Ethylene glycol/p-toluenesul~onic acid/toluene; d) LiAlH4/Et2O; e) Carbobenzoxy chloride/t-S butanol/waCer/NaO~; f) p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride/CH2C12/pyridine: g) W 0~6/35677 s~1~5-'~C~~l :~CN/ace-oni~riie; h) .KOH/et:nylene glyco_; ~) MeI/~MF/NaHCO~i j) H~ ~d,'~eO:-;:~) B2H5,'THF; ~) HCli~cOH/H2O; n) NH2OH; ?) 3enzenesulfonyl chloride/
:-.2O/acetone NaOH; ~) T-ime~nyloxonium ~e~rafluorobora~e; r) NH4Cli~eOH;
Scheme 8:
~/~ R7 ~ R7 O N/~ O N~
N- Z BOC N- Z
/ _ o~ / d N-Z O N
BOC ¦ N- Z
BOC
~SIi R7 i O~
o N~ MeO N--I
N- Z N- Z
Hl~ N-Z ~ N H
N- Z H H
W 096t35677 PCTrUS96/06831 a) (t-butylOCO)20, DMAP, THF; b) LiHMDs, HMPA, THF, (lS)-(+)- ~10-hnr5ulfonyl)ox_ziridine or (lR)-(-)-(10-cAmrhorsulfonyl) oxaziridine;
c) t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride, imidazole, DMF; d) Mg~ClO4)2 ~20~), CH3CN; e) Me30+ BF4-, CH2C12; f) NH4Cl, MeOH; g) ~butyl)4N+F~,MeOH; h) H2, Pd~C.
- 22 - .
WO 9613S677 PCT/U~_ "0'~~l Sche~ne 9:
J~C02Et xJ~JCN o ~ CN /--\O _N
A- B a }:. A B C02Et ' X1~JCO2Et O~OH
-~7 .~,7 e OX~NHZ f ~X~NHz For =CH2 ~X~
A- B OH A- B OTs A- B NZ
_.7 -~7 . 7 ~ For E=cH2cH2 g A X~X~ X\X~NHZ
A- B CN A- B COOH A- B COOMe -~7 -~7 7 -- O~NH
~7 ~,7 For either E= CH2 o ~ m ~ n or E= CH2CH2: X><~ XJ~
A- B E A- B E
7 ~?.7 NOH
A ~ ~ E
~7 W09613S677 PCT~5g~'nC~1 Scheme 9 (continued~
HO~ . , ~R ZN~-E ~
X ~ ~ /~B NZ + /A
~7 ~Me ~ q Z/N _ _ IMe /B NZ ~R7 A
¦ r ¦ r ~H .HCl ~H .HCl N_:: NH .HCl N_ , NH HCl B NB B NZ 7/A~ s B/A~X
a) NaH/THF; b) BrCH2CN/THF; c) Ethylene glycol/p-toluenesulfonic acid/toluene; d) LiAlH4/Et2O; e) Carbobenzoxy chloride/t-butanol/water/NaOH; f) p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride/CH2C12/pyridine; g) KCN/acetonitrile; h) KOH/ethylene glycol; i) MeI/DMF/NaHCO3; j) H2/Pd/MeOH; k) B2H6/THF; m) HCl/AcOH/H2O; n) NH2OH; p) Benzenesulfonyl chloride/H2O/NaOH; q) Trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate; r) NH4Cl/MeOH;s) H2/Pd/C.
W 096l3S677 PCTAUS96/06831 Scheme 1 ~:
O O O
~NH a ~NJ~O~ b A' f E~Nz A/ f E~Nz Ri G ~ , A/~C~ d e O Me Me Me ~ ~ ~ Me Q~N
I e,NH . Hcl ,NH . HCl NH . HCl ~1 B ~NZ Rl B Rl a) (t-bu~ylOCO)2O, DMAP, THF; b) LiHMDS, HMPA, THF, (lS)-(+)-(10-camphorsulfonyl)oxaziridine or (lR)-(-)-(10-camphorsulfonyl) oxaziridine: c) t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride, imidazole, DMF; d) Mg(C104)2 (20%), CH3CN; e) Me~O~BF~~, CH2C12; ~) NH4Cl, ~eOH; ~) (butyl)4N~F~, MeOH; h) H2, Pd/C.
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
Scheme 11: ' Rs ~ R5 R~ ~\ ~4m /B~NH~
R = alkyl, cycloal~yl, aryl, heterocycle, b, c C~I2CH (~JH2 )C~2~ or Rm = H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle d, e, f or Rn = H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle Rm and Rn may be taken together to form a ring Z = leaving group X ~
n = 1-4 n m = 1-4 Rs NH
A/B~4 N' R
a) catalytic hydrogenation; b) RCHO; c) reduction;
d) CH2=C(NHZ)CO2Me; e) reduction; ~) hydrolysis Without further elaboration, it is believed that one s~illed in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. Therefore, the following pre~erred specific embodiments are to be construed as merely illustrative and not limitative of the remainder o~ the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
All experiments were performed under either dry ni.trogen or argon. A11 solvents and reagents were used without ~urther puri~ication unless otherwise noted. The routine wor~-up o~ the reactions involved the addition of the reaction mixture ta a mixture o~ either neutral, or acidic, or basic aqueous solutions and organic solvent. The a~ueous layer was extracted 26 ~ 9 CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 -. times (x) with the indica~ed o-ganic solven~. The combined organic extracts were washed n times (x) with ~he i.dicated a~ueous solutions, dried over anhydrous Na2SO~, Ciltered, concen~rated in vacuo, and purified as indicated. Separations by column chromatography were achieved with conditions described by S~ ill. (Still, W. C.; Kahn, M.; Mitra, A. Rapid Chromatograhic Techrique for Preparative Separation with Modera~e Resolution. ~. Org. Chem., 1978, 43, 2923-2925.) The hydrocnloride salts were made from lN HCl, HCl in ethanol (EtOH), 2 N in MeOH, or 6 N HCl in dioxane. Thin layer chromatograms were run on 0.25 mm EM precoated plates of silica gel 60 F254. High performance liquid chromatograms ~HPLC) were obtained from C-8 or C-18 reverse phase columns which were obtained from several vendors. Analytical samples were dried in an Abderhalden apparatus at either 56 C or 78'C. lH NMR spectra were obtA;ne~ from either General Electric QE-300 or Varian VXR
400 MHz spectrometer with tetramethylsilane as an internal st~n~rd. 13C NMR were obtained from a Varian spectrometer at 125.8 MHz with tetramethylsilane as an internal st~n~Ard.
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 Exam~le ~terme~iate ) 2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanone, oxime N~OH
H3C ~ CH3 3 ~
A Sample o~ 2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanone (Aldrich, 4 9 g, 39 0 mmol) was combined with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH2OH HCl, 3 6 g, 52.4 m~ol) and sodium acetate (NaOAc, 5 2 g, 62 9 mmol) in a mixt~re o~ ethanol (EtOH, 35 mL) and water (25 mL). This mixture was refluxed ~or 5 h under a nitrogen atmos-~here. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature and stirred ~or an additional 5 days, all solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (EtOAc) and water and the organic phase was washed with 1 x 75 mL o~ saturated NaCl lS (brine), dried over Na2SO4, and stripped o~ all solvent under reduced pressure. This provided 5 0 g (91~) of the title compound as a white solid. This material showed a retention time of 9 6 min (100% purity by peak area integration) on a Sh;m~U GC-14A gas chromatograph (GC) with a 0 25 mm x 25 M methyl, 5% phenylsilicone column using helium as the carrier gas and a temperature program starting at 55 'C and increasing 10 /minute up to 200 C. The NMR
and IR spectra were also consistent with the assigned structure.
~lemental analysis: CgH17NO O.1 H2O (MW = lS7.04) C H N
Calculated: 68.83 11.04 8.92 Found: 69 00 11 00 8.85 S~
' 28 r ' CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
~xample / Interme~iate) Isomer-A: hexahydro-3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-one Isomer-B: hexahydro-3,7,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-one c~3 c~3 _ H
\~-N ~ N
Isomer-A Isomer-B
A 4.9 g (34.3 mmol) sample ot the title material o~ Ex~mple 1 was added to a dropping funnel containing 6 mL of 80~ H2so4~ ~~ter using a stirring rod to obtain a turbid solution, thls mixture was added dropwise (10 mi~) to 5 mL o~ 80~ H2S04 stirred magnetically and maintained at 120 ~C with an external oil bath. Within S
minutes o~ the start o~ addition an exotherm was noted and the temperature o~ the reaction rose to 160 ~C be~ore cooling again to 120 ~C. Ten minutes later the flask was removed ~rom the bath and allowed to cool to room temperature. The product mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and brought to pH 6 with concentrated NH40H. This solution was further diluted with 75 mL o~ water and extracted with 3 x 75 mL o~ CH2Cl2. The combined organic phase was washed with 1 x 50 mL of brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and stripped of all solvent under reduced pressure. The oily residue (2.9 g, 56~) is separated by HPLC on silica gel to yield the title products.
" ~ D S~
~9 r CA 02218360 1997-11-10 .Exam~le ~ (Tnlerme~lat~) - 3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,6,6-trimethYl-2H-aZepine ~ CH3 ~OMe ~ N
To a magnetically stirred slurry of trimethyloxonium tetra~1uoroborate (Lancaster, 0.30 g, 2.0 mmol) and 3A molecular sieves (2 g) in CH2C12 (lS mL) under argon (Ar) was added the 10 Isomer-A product of Example 2 (0.31 g, 1.5 mmol). This mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days before it was diluted with 10 mL o~ CH2C12 and partitioned between 40 mL o~ saturated KHCO3 and 50 mL of EtOAc. The organic phase was separated, dried over Na2SO4, ~iltered, and stripped o~ all solvent under reduced pressure to provide the crude title product as a pale yellow oil.
This material was chromatographed on a short path Merck flash silica column eluting with EtOAc/n-hexane (1:1). The title pale yellow liquid product (308 mg, 93%) had a GC retention time o~ 15.5 min (lG0%) under the conditions of Example 1 and NMR and IR spectra consistent with the indicated product.
Example 4 (Intermediate) 3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-Z,2,6-trimethyl-2H-azepine ~ CH3 .~ /~OMe ~ N
The Isomer-B product of Example 2 is reacted with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate by the method of Example 3 to produce the title material.
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 Example 5 hexahydro-3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride ~ 5 - ~CH3 ~= N H
~ H .HCl The title product of Example 3 (0.30 g, 1.4 mmol) and 0.06 g (1.1 mmol) of ammonium chloride (NH4Cl) were refluxed in 13 mL of methanol (MeOH) under a nitrogen atmosphere for 19 h. After cooling the reaction to room temperature, it was filtered, stripped of all solvent under reduced pressure, and partitioned between~l5 mL of water and 7 mL of CH2C12. The organic and aqueous phases were separated and the a~ueous phase was washed with a 25 mL
portion of EtOAc before it was lyophilized to pro~ide 0.24 g (92~) of the white solid title material.
Example 6 hexahydro-3,7,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride ,)= N H
mhe product of Example 4 in MeOH is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 to generate the title ma~erial.
Example 7 (Intermediate) 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclohexanone, oxime N,OH
7C~
A sample o~ 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclohexanone (Aldrich, 6.2 g, 40.0 mmol) was converted to the title compound by the method of Example 1 using 5.6 g (80.0 mmol) o~ hydroxylamine hydrochloride and 6.7 g (82.0 mmol) o~ NaOAc in a mixture o~ 60 mL o~ EtOH and 60 mL of water. The procedure produced 7.5 g (100~) o~ the title material as a white solid.
Example 8 hexahydro-4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-2H-azepin-2-one ~C~~
N
A sample o~ the product o~ Example 7 (7.5 g, 44.4 mmol) was converted to the title compound by the method o~ Example 2 using 11 mL o~ 80% H2SO4. The procedure produced.5.6 g (75~) o~ the title material as a pale yellow tacky solid.
~ S~
~ CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 ~ ~xample 9 (InteI~me~ia~te) 3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-3,3,5,5-tetramethYl-2H-azepine ~~ /> O M e S N
The title product of Exampl~ 8 (8gS mg, S . 0 mmol) was reacted with trimethyloxonium tetra~luoroborate (962 mg, 5.0 mmol) ~y the method o~ Example 3 to yield 8I5 mg (100%) o~ the title material.
Example 10 hexahydro-4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride \l ~NH
N .HCl H
The product o~ Example 9 (110 mg, 0.~ mmol) in 3.5 mL o~ MeOH was reacted with ammonium chloride (32 mg, 0.6 mmol) by the method o~
Example 5 to yield 90 ms (67%) o~ the title material.
HRMS (EI) calcd ~or CloH20N2 m/e 168.163, 'ound m/e 168.162.
H NMR(CD3OD): ~ 3.21 (s, 2H), 2.62 (s, 2H), 1.54 (s, 2H), 1.1 (s, 6H), 1.01 (s, 6H).
25 Elemental analysis: CloH20N2 HCl 0.3 H20 - 0.25 NH4Cl (MW =
223.52) C H N Cl Calculated: 53.74 10.19 14.10 19.83 30 Found: 53.71 9.66 13.99 19.59 ~ 9S~
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
Example 11 (Intermediate) Tetrahydro-4~-pyran-4-one, oxime ,OH
Tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (5.0 g, 0.05 mole), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (5.2 g, 0.075 mole) and sodium acetate (13.6 g, 0.1 mole) were re~luxed in ethanol (30 mL)/H20 (20 mL) overnight. Contents were allowed to cool and concentrated in vacuo to remove the ethanol. The aqueous solution le~t was extracted with CH2C12 which was dried (MgS04) and concentrated in vacuo leaving the title material as a white solid (5.4 g).
lH NMR (CDCl3): ~ 9.15 (br, lH); 3.85-3 70 (m, 4H); 2.72 - 2.60 (m, 2H); 2.40 - 2.3S (m, 2H).
Example 12 (Intermediate) tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one N''~O
H
To the title material o~ Example 11 (5.4 g, 0.047 mole) in 2S acetone (30 mL) at 0 C was added lN sodium hydroxide. Benzene sul~onyl chloride (6 mL, 0.047 mole) in acetone (lO mL) was added dropwise with magnetic stirring. Contents were s~tirred 72 hours and concentrated in vacuo to remove the acetone. The aqueous solution was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 x 150 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo leaving an am~er oil/solid S~
WO 96/3S677 PCT/U' r ''~
(2.2 g). The residue was c~ystallized from hexanes ~o give the .it:le material as a white solid (1.37 g).
lH NMR (CDCl3): ~ 6.90 (br, lH); 3.82 - 3.70 (m, 4H); 3.38 -3.30 (m, 2H); 2.75 - 2.65 (m, 2H).
Example 13 tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H~-imine, tri~luoroacetate salt ~' H~NH
~TFA
The title material of Example 12 (960 mg, 0.008 mole) and trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (1.5 g, 0.01 mole) were mixed in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) and stirred 72 hours. Contents were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in methanol (50 mL). Anhydrous 2~monia was bubbled through for 15 minutes.
Contents were stoppered and stirred overnight. After concentrating in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between CH~Cl2 and water. The aqueous layer was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography eluting with 100% H2O (0.05% TFA) to give the title material as a white solid (730 mg).
lH NMR (D2O): ~ 3.78 - 3.72 (m, 2H); 3.68 - 3.63 (m, 2H); 3.49 -3.44 (m, 2H); 2.85 - 2.80 (m, 2H).
CA 022l8360 i997-ll-l0 Ex~mple 14 ~Intermedia~e) ~.' 1-(5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)pyrrolidine Tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (5.0 g, 0.05 mole) and pyrrolidine (4.6 mL, O 055 mole) were re~luxed in benzene (50 mL) with a Dean Star~ trap to collect water ~or 2 hours. Contents were concentrated in vacuo leaving a thick amber oil (7.6 g) which was distilled o~ a kugelrohr apparatus at 40 C (0.1 mm) to give the title material as a clear colorless oil (5.9 g).
1~ NMR (CDCl3): ~ 4.2~ - 4.20 (m, 2H); 4.20 - 4.13 (m, lH); 3.88 - 3.78 (m, 2~; 3.07 - 2.95 (L~ 4H); 2.35 - 2.22 (m, 2H~; i.90 -1.80 (m, 4H).
Example 15 (Intermediate) 3-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one o ,~
The title material o~. Example 14 (23 g, 0.15 mole) and crotyl bromide.(15.4 mL, 0.15 mole) were mixed in benzene.(20~ mL) and stirred 72 hours. Water (50 mL) was added and stirred 2 hours.
The benzene layer was removed and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo leaving an oil 36 ~ S~
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 (20.8 g). The oil was chromatographed or .sllica gel eluti~g with 5% EtOAc/hexanes to give the title material as a colorless oil (12.3 g).
lH NMR (CDC13): ~ 5.52 - 5.25 (m, 2H); 4.20 - 4.07 (m, 2H); 3.82 - 3.70 (m, lH); 3.50 - 3.40 (m, lH); 2.68 - 2.40 (m, 4H); 2 .03 -1.90 (m, lH); 1 65 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H).
Example 16 ( Intermediate) 3-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one, oxime HO--N
~\
To the title material o~ ~xample 15 (13.0 g, 0.0~4 mole) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (6.5 g, 0.093 mole) in methanol (100 mL) was added dropwise anhydrous pyridine (8.1 mL, 0.1 mole) in methanol (50 mL). Contents were stirred overnight. Contents were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2C12 and water. The CH2Cl2 layer was dried (MgSO4) and concen.trated in vacuo leaving the title material as an oil (19.5 g) lH NMR (CDCl3) as a mixture of syn and anti oximes: ~ [9.0, 8. 85 : (br, lH)]; [5.80 - 5.25, 5.20 - 4.85 (m, 2H)]; 4.20 - 2.90 (m, 5H); 2.80 - 2.00 ~m, 4Hl; [1.63 (d, J = 6 Hz), 1.20 - 0.90 (m) (3H)~.
~. 30 ~ ~~~
t~
~ CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 ~ -~-?
;
Example 17 (Intermediate) 3-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one ~ N O
~ H
To the title material of ~xample 16 (5.0 g, 0 03 mole) in acetone (30 mL) at 0 C was added lN sodium hy~roxide (30 mL).
Benzene sul~onyl chloride (3.8 mL, 0.03 mole) i~ acetone (10 mL) was added dropwise and after the reaction came, to room temperature, it was stirred overnight The contents were concentrated in vacuo to remove acetone and tke aqueous solution left was extracted with CH2C12 (2 x 150 mL). The CH2Cl2 extracts were com~ined, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated in vac~o leaving an oil. Hexane was added to the oil, the resulting white solid was ~iltered and recrystallized from EtOAo~hexane to give the title material as a white solid (812 mg) From the mother liquor was isolated additional title material plus its other regeoisomer, 6-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one, which was separated by chromatography.
lH NMR (CDCl3): ~ 5.75 (br, lH); 5.70 - 5.50 (m, lH); 5.40 -5.23 (m, lH); 4.00 - 3.80 (m, 2H); 3.72 - 3.52 (m, 2H); 3.40 -3.30 (m, lH); 2.95 - 2.80 (m, lH); 2.60 - 2.55 (m, lH); 2.30 -25 2.15 (m, lH); 2.10 - 1.95 (m, lH); 1.70 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H).
WO 9~13S677 PCr/U~ '06~1 Examp 1 e 18 3-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, trifluoroacetate salt ~~~
N NH
.TFA
To the title material of Example 17 (612 mg, 3.6 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (25 mL) was added trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (540 mg, 3.6 mmol) and contents were stirred overnight. After concentrating in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in me~hanol (25 mL) and anhydrous ammonia was bubbled through the solution.
Contents were stoppered and stirred 72 hours. Contents were concentrated in ~acuo and the residue was purified by C-18 lS reverse phase chromatography eluting with a CH3CN/H2O gradient (0.05 ~ TFA) to give the title material as a white solid (404 mg).
Mass spectral analysis for CgH16N2O: M+H = 169.
lH NMR (CDCl3): ~ 9.7 (br, 2H); 8.9 (br, lH); 5.70 - 5.54 (m, lH); 5.40 - 5.25 (m, lH); 4.03 - 3.92 (m, lH); 3.90 - 3.80 (m, lH); 3.76 - 3.58 (m, 2H); 3.46 - 3.32 (m, lH); 3.04 - 2.76 (m, 2H); 2.42 - 2.18 (m, 2H); 1.67 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H).
- 39 _ Example 19 (Intermediate) l-Methyl-4-piperidin-4-one, oxime, monohydrochloride ,OH
¦ .HCl To a slurry o~ l-methyl-4-pyridone (10 mL, 0.08 mole) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (6.1 g, 0.088 mole) in methanol (100 mL) was added anhydrous pyridine (7.8 mL, 0.097 mole) in rnethallol (5G ~) dropwise. contents were stirred overnight and the title material was ~iltered as a white solid (9.2 g). More of the title material was recovered ~rom the methanol ~iltrate (7.7 g).
15 lH NMR (D2oj: ~ 3.70 - 2.90 (m, SH)i 2.80 (s, 3H); 2.60 - 2. 45 (m, 2H); 2.40 - 2.10 (m, lH).
Example 20 (Intermediate) hexahydro-l-methyl-5H-1,4-diazepin-S-one \
To the title material o~ Example 19 (9.2 g, 0.056 mole) in acetone (50 mL) at 0 'C was added dropwise lN sodium hydroxide.
A~ter stirring S minutes, ~enzene sul~onyl chloride (7.1 mL) in acetone. ! S mL) was added dropwise. Contents were stirred 72 hours, coming to room temperature. Contents were concentrated ~ CA 022l8360 1997-ll-l0 ~ ~ ~ t in vacuo to remove the acetone, ~he a~ueous solucion was made basic with lN sodium hydroxide and lyophilized leaving a solid.
The solid was triturated with CH2cl2 and ~iltered. The C~2Cl2 was concentrated in vacuo leaving the title material as a solid (4.9 g).
lH NMR tcDcl3): ~ 6.85 (br, lH); 3.30 - 3.20 (m, 2H); 2.65 -2.40 (m, 6H); 2.35 (s, 3H).
Example 21 hexahydro-1-methyl-5H-1,4-diazepin-5-imine, tri~1uoroacetate salt \
.TFA
The 5-Oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-diazepine product o~ Example 20 was treated with Me30~BF4~ in CH2C12 and stirred overnight.
A~ter concentrating in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in methanol and anhydrous ammonia was bubbled through the solution.
The contents were stirred overnight and concentrated in vacuo.
The residue was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography to give the title product.
Mass spectral analysis for C6H13N3: M+H = 128.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6): ~ 9.80 - 9.40 ts, lH); 9.40 (s, lH); 9.10 (s, lH); 8.60 (s, lH); 3.70 - 2.85 (m, 8H); 2.80 (s, 3H).
Example 22 (Intermediate) p~
i CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096l3S677 P~~ 'rO6831 ~etranydro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-4H-pyran-4-one o Me ~OJ
The title compound of Example 14 is reacted with bromoethyl methyl ether by the method of Example 15 to generate the title compcund.
Example 23 (Intermediate) tetrahydro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-4H-pyran-4-one, oxime HO'N
~ ~ ~ Me The title compound of Example 22 is reacted with hydroxyl~mine by the method o~ Example 16 to generate the title compound.
Example 24 (Intermediate) Isomer-A: tetrahydro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one Isomer-B: tetrahydro-6-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one ~ ~ N ~ HN ~
~ ~)' O O
Isomer A. Isomer B
The title compound o~ Example 23 is reacted wlth benzenesulfonyl chloride by the method o~ ~xample 17 to generate the title ! compounds. The isomers are separated by column chromatography.
p~ ~5~
~ CA 02218360 1997~ 10 .:
Example 25 (Intermediate) 2,3,6,7-tetrahYdro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-s-methoxy-l~4-oxazepine M e O~ N ~ O ~
The Isomer A o~ Example 24 is reacted with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in methylene chloride by the method o~ Example 3 to generate the title compound.
Example 26 (Intermediate) 2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-6-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-methoxy-1,4-oxazepine O Me ~~
o The isomer B of Example 24 is reacted with trimethyloxonium tetra~luoroborate in methylene chloride by the method o~ Example 3 to generate the title compound.
o~o CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
Example 27 (Intermediate) tetrahydxo-3-(2-methoxyethyl~-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, monohydrochloride .HClH
HN~ N ~o ~ ~ .
The product o~ ~xample 25 is rcacted with ammonium chloride in methanol by the method of Example 4 to generate the title compound Example 28 tetrahydro-6-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, 15 monohydrochloride r .HCI NH
HN ~/"--' ~O
The product of Example 26 is reacted with ammonium chloride in methanol by the method of Example 4 to generate the title compound.
~,9S~
i CA 02218360 1997-11-lo Wo 96l3S677 PCrtUS9G,~r~31 Example 29 4,4-dimethyl-S-pentylpyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride . HCl HN N
Example 29A ) Ethyl 3,3-dimethylacrylate (4.9 g, 38 mmol) was mixed with nitrohexane (5.0 g, 38 mmol), lM
tetrabutylammoniumfluoride (in THF, 38 mL) and heated at 40 ~C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether, washed with brine, followed by water. Purif~ication by chromatography on silica gel yielded the product, methyl 3,3-dimethyl-4-nitrononanoate (6.6 g, 67%).
Example 29 B) The product of Example 29 A (5.6 g, 24 mmol) in absolute MeOH was hydrogenated over RaNi at 55 C and 60 psi for 24h. The reaction product was purified by colum.n chromatography to yield 4,4-dimethyl-5-pentylpyrrolidin-2-one (2.63 g, 60%).
Example 29 C) The product of Example 29 B (2.63 g, 14.3 mmol) was treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (2.56 g, 17.4 mmol) in DC~5 (20 mL) by the method of Example 3, to yield 3,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-3,3-dimethyl-2-pentyl-2H-pyrrole (2.0 g, 7196).
Example 29) A solution of the title product of Example 29 C (2.0 g, 10 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was reacted with AmmoP;um chloride (529 mg, 9.9 mmol) by the method of Example 5 followed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC.
WO 9~513S677 P~ J' 3~ /06831 Example 30 5-pentyl-4,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride ., HCl H H
Example 30 A) Ethyl 4,4,4-trifluoro-3-(trifluromethyl)crotonate (9.0 g, 38 mmol) was mixed with nitrohexane (5.0 g, 38 mmol), potassium carbonate (5.3 g, 38 mmol) and Ali~uat 336 (20 drops).
The mixture was sonicated at room temperature. When the reaction, monitored by G.C., was complete the mixture was acidified with HCl (1 N) and the a~ueous phase extracted with ether. Purification by chromatography on silica gel yielded the product, methyl 4-nitro-3,3-bis(trifluoromethyl)nonanoate (3 g, 21~).
Example 30 B) The product of Example 30 A in absolute MeOH is hydrogenated over RaNi at 55 C and 60 psi for 24h. The reaction product is purified by column chromatography to yield 5-pentyl-4,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one.
Example 30 C) The product of Example 30 B is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in DCM (20 mL) by the method of Example 3, to yield 3,4-dihydro-S-methoxy-2-pentyl-3,3-bis(trifluoromethyl)-2H-pyrrole.
Example 30) A solution of the title product of Example 30 C in MeOH (30 mL) is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 followed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to generate the title material.
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W0~6t3S677 PCT~59-'Q6~1 Example 31 e~hyl 2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate, monohydrochloride . .HCI H
HN~~, O
Example 31 A) The diethyl ethyli~n~m~lonate (6.4 g, 33 mmol) is mixed with nitrohexane (5 g, 38 mmol), potassium carbonate (2 g) and Ali~uat 336 (10 drops). The mixture is sonicated at room temperature. When the reaction, monitored by G.C., is complete the mixture is acidified with HCl (1 N) and the a~ueous phase extracted with ether. Purification by chromatography on silica gel yields the product, diethyl 2-~1-methyl-2-nitroheptyl)propane-1,3-dioate.
Example 31 B) The product of Example 31 A in absolute EtOH is hydrogenated over RaNi at 55 C and 60 psi for 24h. The reaction product is purified by column chromatography to yield ethyl 4-methyl-2-oxo-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate.
Example 31 C) The material 31 B is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in DCM by the method of Example 3, to yield ethyl 3,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-pentyl-2H-pyrrole-3-carboxylate.
Example 31) A solution of the title product of Example 31 C in MeOH is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 followed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to generate title material.
WO 96/3S677 PCrrUS96/06831 Example 3 2 2-imino-4-methYl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid, monohydrochloride .HCI
.. H
HN N
HO~\
S O
Example 32 A) A solution of the title product of Example 31 B in MeOH / 2N NaOH is stirred 6h followed by lyophilization. The resulting solid is dissolved in water and EtOAc cont~;n;ng benzylbromide added. The mixture is shaken in a separatory ~unnel.
The organic solution is separated, dried and evaporated. The residue is purified by column chromatography to yield phenylmethyl 4-methyl-2-oxo-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate.
Example 32 B) The product of Example 32 A is treated with lS trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in DCM by the method of Example 3, to yield phenylmethyl 3,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-3-methyl-2-pentyl-2H-pyrrole-4-carboxylate.
Example 32 C) A solution of the title product of Example 32 B in MeOI~ is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 followed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to generate phenylmethyl 2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentyl-3-carboxylate.
Example 32) A solution of product of Example 32 C in absolute MeOH
is hydrogenated over Pd~C. The reaction product is purified by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to generate title material.
_ 49 -WO 9613S677 PCT/U59''~G~~l Example 33 ~-amino-4-hydroxy-5-imino-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrroiidine-2-butanoic acid, monohydrochloride .HCl H .HCl H N $~ O H
HO CF3 o Example 33 A) The ethyl 4,4,4-trifluoromethyl crotonate (10 mmol) and 2-(2-nitroethyl)-1,3-dioxolane (12 mmol) are reacted with, potassium carbonate (5 mmol) and Aliquat 336 (3 drops), by the method of Example 14. Purification by chromatography on silica gel yields ethyl ~-nitro-~-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3-dioxolane-2-pentanoate.
Example 33 B) The product of Example 33 A in MeOH is hydrogenated over RaNi at 55 C and 60 psi for 6h. The reaction product is purified by column chromatography to yield 5-[(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)methyl]-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one as a mixture of diasteromers.
Example 33 C) The product of Example 33 B is treated with di-t-butyldicarbonate and DMAP in THF and refluxed for 2 h. The solvent is removed and the product is purified by column chromatography to yield 1,1-dimethylethyl 2-[(1,3-dioxolan-2-vl)methyl]-5-oxo-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate.
~xample 33 D) The product of Example 33 C with HMPA (1 equivalent) in THF at -70 C is treated with Lithium hexamethyl disilazide (1.2 equivalents, lM in THF). The solution is allowed to warm to -40 'C
then cooled to -70 C, and a solution of camphor sulfonyl oxaziridine in THF is added. The solution is stirred at -40 C for 2h then quenched onto saturated NH4Cl. The solution is then extracted with EtOAc. The organics are combined. The solvent is removed and the product is purified by column chromatography to yield 1,1-dimethylethyl 2-[(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)methyl]-4-hydroxy-5-oxo-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate.
WO g6/3S677 PCTrUS96/06831 Example 33 E) The product of Example 33 D is treared with NaH and benzylbromide in THF. The product is purified by column chromatography to yield l,l-dimethylethyl 2-[(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)methyl]-S-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethy')pyr olidine-l-carboxylate.
Example 33 F) The product of Example 33 E in MeOH is treated with HCl (lN) to yield 5-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-2-acetaldehyde which is used directly in the next step.
Example 33 G) To a solution of produ-t of Example 33 F and z-a-phosphonoglycine trimethyl ester in CH2Cl2 is added 3BU. The solution is stirred for 2h The solvent is removed and the product is purified by column chromatography to yield methyl 4- [5-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-2-lS [[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-2-butenoate.
Example 33 H) The product of Example 33 G is hydrogenated with [Rh (COD) (R, R-DIPAMP) ] + BF4- . The solvent is removed and the product is purified by column chromatography to yield methyl 5-oxo-a- [ [ (phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-2-butanoate.
Example 33 I) The product of Example 33 H is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in DCM by the method of Example 3, to yield methyl 3,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-a-[[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-2H-pyrrole-2-butanoate.
Example 33 J) A solution of the title product of Example 33 I in MeOH is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 followed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to yield methyl 5-imino-a-t~(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-4-(phenylmethoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-2-butanoate, monohydrochloride.
Example 33) The product of Example 33 J in absolute MeOH is hydrogenated over Pd/C for 24h. The reaction product is purifiec by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to yield 33.
_ 51 -CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lo W096~S677 ~ PCT/U~ 6~1 Example 34 hexahydro-2-imino-4-methyl-7-(2-propenyl)-lH-azepin-3-ol ~ Me ~OH
~N NH
.HCl Example 34 A) A THF solution of hexahydro-4-methyl-7-(2-propenyl)-2H-azepin-2-one is treated with di-t-butyldicarbonate and dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 1 e~) to generate the Boc protecced lactam, 1,l-dimethylethyl hexahydro-4-methyl-2-oxo-7-(2-propenyl)-lH-azepine-l-carboxylate.
Example 34B) To the product of Example 34 A above dissolved in THF and cooled to a low temperature is added hexamethylphosphoramide (HMPA, 1 eq) followed by lithium hexamethyldisilylazide (LHMDS, 1.1 eq). To this is added 1.2 equivalents of either (lS)-(+)-(camphorsulfonyl)-oxaziridine or (lR)-(-)-(camphorsulfonyl)-oxaziridine to generate a chromatographically separable mixture of diastereomers Isomer-A
1,1-dimethylethyl hexahydro-3R-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-7-(2-propenyl)-lH-azepine-1-carboxylate or Isomer-B 1,1-dimethylethyl hexahydro-3S-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-7-(2-propenyl)-lH-azepine-1-carboxylate.
Example 34 C) A product or product mixture from Example 34 B
above dissolved in DMF is treated with imidazole (2 eq) and t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride yielding l,l-dimethylethyl 3-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]hexahydro-4-methyl-2-oxo-7-(2-propenyl)-lH-azepine-1-carboxylate.
Example 34 D) To a product or product mixture from Example 34 C
above dissolved in acetonitrile and warmed to around 50 'C is added magnesium perchlorate [Mg(ClO4)2, 0.2 eq] generating 3-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]hexahydro-4-methyl-2-oxo- -(2-propenyl)-2H-azepin-2-one.
Example 34 E) The product or a product mixture from Example 34 3 above is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in CH2Cl2 CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096l3S677 PCT/U~ ~~l by the method of Example 3, to yield 6-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-5-methyl-2H-azepine.
Example 34 F) A solution of the title product or a product mixture of Example 34 E in MeO~I is reacted with ~monium chloride by the method of Example 5 to generate 3-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]hexahydro-4-methyl-7-(2-propenyl)-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride. This material is treated with a source of fluoride ion and the crude product chromatographed on reverse phase HPLC to yield the title material.
Example 35 6-butyl-3-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride Me ~OH
~~ H ~NH
.HCl Example 35 A) A THF solution of 6-butyl-4-methylpiperidin-2-one is treated with di-t-butyldicarbonate and dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 1 eq) to generate the Boc protected lactam, 1,1-dimethylethyl 2-butyl-4-methyl-6-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate.
Example 35 B) To the product of Example 35 A above dissolved in THF and cooled to a low temperature is added hexamethylphosphoramide (HMPA, 1 eq) followed by lithium hexamethyldisilylazide (LHMDS, 1.1 eq). To this is added 1.2 equivalents of either (lS)-(+)-(camphorsulfonyl)-oxaziridine or (lR)-(-)-(camphorsulfonyl)-oxaziridine to generate chromatographically separable mixture of diastereomers Isomer-A
~ 1,1-dimethylethyl 6-butyl-3R-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate or Isomer-B 1,1-dimethylethyl 6-butyl-3S-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate.
Example 35 C) A product or product mixture from Example 35 B
above dissolved in DMF is treated with imidazole (2 e~) and t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride yielding 1,1-dimethylethyl 6-butyl-_ 53 -WO 96/3S677 PCT/US9r'Qr~~l 3-lll,i-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]-4-methyl-2-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate.
Example 35 D) To a product or producc mixture from Example 35 C
above dissolved in acetonitrile and warmed to around 50 C is added magnesiu~ perchlorate tMg(ClO4)2, 0.2 eq] generating 6-butyl-3-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]-4-methylpiperidin-2-one.
Exampie 35 E) The product or a product mixture ~rom.. Example 35 D
above is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in CH2C12 by the method of Example 3, to yield 2-butyl-5-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]-6-ethoxy-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-4-methylpyridine.
Example 35 F) A solution of the title product or a product mixture of Example 35 E in MeOH is reacted with ~mmonium chloride by the method of Example 5 to generate 6-butyl-3-[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyloxy]-4-methylpiperidin-2-imine. This material is treated with a source o~ fluoride ion and the crude produc~ chromatographed on reverse phase HPLC to yield the title material.
Example 36 6-imino-2,4-dimethylpiperidine-3-meth~n~mine, dihydrochloride .HCl H2N ~
H3C ~ I ~ NH
H .HCl 6-amino-2,4-dimethylpyridine-3-carbonitrile (1.5 g) ana platinum oxide (500 mg) in ethanol (30 mL) and conc HCl (1 mL) were shaken on a Parr hydrogenation apparatus at 5S psi of hydrogen at 55 'C for 48 hours. The contents were filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo leaving a waxy solid.
Trituration with ethanol gave the title material as a white solid (191 mg).
_ 54 -W096l3S677 PCT~S96/06831 ~Iass spectral analysis ~or C8H17N3: M+H = 156 H NMR (D2O): ~ 3.63 - 3.40 (m, 2H); 3.20 - 3.07 (m, lH); 2.72 -2.60 (m, lH); 2.40 - 2.25 (m, lH); 2.05 - 1.90 (m, 2H); 1.25 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H); l.00 (d, J = ~ Hz, 3H).
Example 37 4,6,6-trimethylpiperidine-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt H3 ~
H .CF3CO2H
Example 37 A) A solution of 2,2,4-trimethylcyclopentanone (5.5 g, 44 mmol) in 35 mL EtOAc/25 mL of water was refluxed with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.6 g, 66 mmoles) and sodium acetate trihydrate (10.8 g, 79 mmol) for 4 hrs under nitrogen.
After the solvent was l~,..oved by evaporation, the residue was redissolved in 100 mL of EtOAc, washed with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over m~nesium sulfate, and stripped of all solvent to give 5.6 g of the white powder, 2,2,4-trimethylcyclopentanone oxime. FAB/MS: (MH+)=142.
Example 37 B) The product of Example 37 A was dissolved in 50 mL of acetone and 50 mL of 1 N sodium hydroxide at 0 ~C.
Benzenesulfonyl chloride (7.8 g, 44 mmol) was added over 5 min.
The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up and stirred for 18 hrs until complete as determined by shift in HPLC retention time (Vydac C-18, linear gradient 5 % to 75 % acetonitrile/0.05 % TFA
in water/0.05 % TFA over 20 min). The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue redissolved in 100 mL EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and stripped of all solvent by evapora~ion.
The crude semisolid material was purified on Waters Deltapak C-_ 55 -WO 9613S677 PCT/u~ 6Q~l 18 using a linear gradient from 10 ~ to 15 ~ aceton trile(0.05 %
TFA) i~ water (0.05 ~ TFA) over 20 min. The lyophilized product, 4,6,6-trimethylpiperidin-2-one, was a tan semisolid, G.47 g. FAB/MS: (MH+)=142.
Example 37 C) To the product of Example 37 B (3.3 mmol) in 10 mL CH2Cl2 was added trime~hyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (0.6 g, 4.0 mmol). After stirring 18 hrs, the reactior. mixture was diluted with an additional 10 mL of CH2Cl2, washed with a saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and stripped of all solvent to generate 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-6-methoxy-2,2,4-trimethylpyridine.
Example 35) The product of Example 37 C was dissolved in 25 mL
of methanol and refluxed with ammonium chloride for 3 hrs. The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue oil was dissolved in 25 mL of EtOAc, washed with water, and stripped of all solvent under reduced pressure to produce the crude product.
The material was purified on Waters Deltapak C-18 using a linear gradient of 5% to 70% acetonitrile(0.05 % TFA) in water (0.05 TFA) over 30 min. and lyophilized to give 0.075 g white powder title material. F~3/MS: (MH+)=141.
H NMR (CDCl3): ~ 10.4 (bs, lH); 9.7 (bs, lH); 7.5 (bs, lH); 2.6 (q, lH); 2.0 (g, 2H); 1.8 (d, 2H); 1.4 (s, 3H); 1.3 (s, 3H); 1.1 (d, 3H).
Example 38 4,4,6-trimethylpiperidin-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt H3C ~ ~ NH
.CF3CO,H
Example 38 A) A solution of 2,4,4-trimethylcyclopentanone (5.5 g, 44 mmol) in 35 mL ethyl acetate/25 mL water was refluxed wi~;~
:~ydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.6 g, 66 mmol) and sodium acetate _ 56 ~
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096/3S677 PCT~S~''.'~~l -rihydrate (10 8 g, 79 mmol) for 4 hrs under nitrogen. ~emoved solvent by evaporation, redissolved in 100 mL ethyl acetate and washed with saturated a~ueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and then removed solvent to give 5.2 g of 2,4,4-trimethylcyclopentanone oxime as a white powder. FAB/MS:
(MH+)=142.
Example 38 B) The product of Example 38 A was dissolved in 50 mL acetone and 50 mL 1 N sodium hydroxide at 0 ~C.
Benzenesulfonyl chloride was then added (7.8 g, 44 mmol) over 5 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up and stir for 18 hrs until complete, as determined by ~he shift in HPLC
retention time (Vydac C-18, linear gradient 5 % to 75 ~
acetonitrile/0.05 ~ TFA in water/0.05 % TFA over 20 min). The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was redissolved in 100 mL EtOAc, washed with saturated a~ueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and stripped of all solvent by evaporation. The semisolid product was purified on a Wa~ers Deltapak C-18 using a linear gradient from 10~ to 15% acetonitrile(O.05 % TFA) in water (0.05 % TFA) over 20 min. The lyophilized product, 6,4,4-trimethylpiperidin-2-one, was a tan semisolid, 0.75 g. FAB/MS: (MH+)=142.
Example 38 C) To the product of Example 38 B (5.3 mmol) in 15 mL CH2Cl2 was added trimethyloxonium tetrafluoro~orate (0.9 g, 6.0 mmol). After stirring 18 hrs, the reaction mixture was diluted with an additional 15 mL of CH2Cl2, washed with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and stripped of all solvent to give 0.69 g of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-6-methoxy-2,4,4-trimethylpyridine as an oil.
Example 38) The product of Example 38 C was dissolved in 25 mL
of methanol and refluxed with ammonium chloride (0.25 g, 4.6 mmol) for 3 hrs. The solven. was removed by evaporation and t:e residue oil was dissolved in 25 mL EtOAc, washed with water, a~.d stripped of all solvent. The residue was purified on a Waters Deltapak C-18 using a linear gradient of 5% to 70% acetonitrile (0.05 % TFA) in water (0.05 ~ TFA) over 30 min. and lyophilizea to give 0.66 g of the title material as a white powder. FAB/~S:
(MH+)=141.
_ 57 -CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 WO 96/3S677 PCr/US96/06831 H NMR ~CDC13): ~ 10.4 (bs, lH); 9.5 (bs, lH~; 8.1 (bs, lH); 3.8 tm, lH); 2.3 (q, 2H); 1.75 (d, 2H); 1.3 (d, 3H); 1.1 (s, 3H);
1.0 (s, 3H).
Example 39 3-(2-butenyl)hexahydro-5-imine-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol, trifluoroacetate salt ~H~NH
.TFA
Isomer A
Example 39 A) A sample of the 3-(2-Buten-l-yl)-5-oxo-15 2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 17 (6.6 g, 39 mmol), di-t-butyl dicarbonate (17.5 g, 80 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (200 mg) were re~luxed in anhydrous THF
(80 mL) overniçrht. The contents were allowed to cool, diluted with EtOAc, and washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO3, dried over MgSO4, 20 and concentrated in vacuo leaving an oil (12.9 g). The oil was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1096 EtOAc/hexanes to give 4-N-Boc-3-(2-buten-1-yl)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine as a colorless oil (3.7 g).
Example 39 B) To the 4-N-Boc-3-(2-buten-1-yl)-5-oxo-25 2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 39 A (3.1 g, 12 mmol) in anhydrous THF (60 mL) at -78 ~C was added dropwise lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (lM in THF, 12 mL) keeping the temperature below -70 ~C. The contents were allowed to warm to -40 ~C and then cooled back to -78 ~C. A solution of 30 (lS)-(+)-(10-camphorsulfonyl)oxaziridine (3.0 g, 13 mmol) in THF
(30 mL) was added dropwise. The contents were warmed to -25 ~C
and stirred 3 hours before pouring into saturated NH4Cl and extracting with EtOAc. The EtOAc layer was dried over MgSO4 and concen~rated in vacuo to provide 4-N-Boc-3-(2-buten-1-yl)-6-_ 58 -WO g613S677 PCT/U~ 5 hydroxy-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxa~epine as a waxy solid.
Example 39 C) The 4-N-Boc-3-(2-buten-1-yl)-6-hydroxy-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 39 B (600 mg), t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (2.0 g), imidazole (1.6 g) and arhydrous THF (50 mL, were stirred overnight. The contents were partitioned between EtOAc and water. The EtOAc layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to generate an oil.
This oil was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with 25%
EtOAc/h~nes to give 4-N-Boc-3-(~-buten-1-yl)-6-(t-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine as an oil (400 mg).
Example 39 D) The 4-N-Boc-3-(2-Buten-1-yl)-6-(t-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 39 C (400 mg, 1 mmol) and magnesium perchlorate (45 mg) were heated at 50 ~C in CH3CN (25 mL) for 3 hours. The contents were allowed to cool and were partitioned between EtOAc and water. The EtOAc layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo leaving 3-(2-Buten-1-yl)-6-(t-butyldimethyl-silyloxy)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine as an oil (300 mg).
Example 39) The 3-(2-Buten-1-yl)-6-(t-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 39 D
(300 mg, 1 mmol) and Me30+BF4~ (150 mg, 1 mmol) were stirred in CH2Cl2 overnight. The contents were concentrated in vacuo, the residue dissolved in methanol, and anhydrous ammonia bubbled into the solution. The reaction was stoppered and stirred overnight. The contents were concentrated in vacuo leaving a yellow oil (366 mg). The oil was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography eluting with a CH3CN/H2O to give the title products of this Example 39 (isomer A , 16 mg) and Example 40 (isomer B, 11 mg) as oils.
Mass spectral analysis for CgH16N2O2: M+H = 185 1H NMR (D2O): ~ 5.60 - 5.42 (m, lH); 5.35 - 5.20 (m, lH); 4.75 -4.60 (m, lH); 3.95 - 3.50 (m, 5H); 2.35 - 2.20 (m, 2H); 1.60 -1.45 (m, 3H) _ 59 -CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096~S677 PCT~Ssr'0'~~l Example 40 3-(2-butenyl)hexahydro-5-imine-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol, trifluoroacetate salt ~_OH
~NH
.TFA
Isomer B
The crude product oil of Example 39 was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography eluting with a CH3CN/H2O to give the title products of Example 39 and title product of Example 40 (isomer B, 11 mg).
Mass spectral analysis for CgH16N2O2: M+H = 185 1H NMR (D2O): ~ 5.65 - 5.45 (m, lH); 5.35 - 5.20 (m, lH); 4.90 -4.75 (m, lH); 3.90 - 3.45 (m, 4H); 3.35 - 3.20 (m, lH); 2.25 -2.05 (m, 2H); 1.60 - 1.45 (m, 3H).
Example 41 6-(2-butenyl)hexahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5-imine, trifluoroacetate salt o ~N~NH
.TFA
The title material was prepared according to the procedure of Example 18, using the 6-(2-Butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-one isolated in Example 17.
_ 60 -WO 96/3S677 PCrlUS96/06831 Mass spectral analysis for CgH16N2O: M+H = 159.
lH NMR (D2O): ~ 5.65 - 5.50 (m, lH); 5.40 - 5.20 (m, lH); 3.95 -- 3.25 (m, 6H); 2.80 - 2.60 ~m, lH); 2.50 - 2.30 (m, 2H); 1.60 -5 1. 50 (m, 3H) .
.
WO 9613S677 PCT/U' ~ 16 Example 42 3-butylhexahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5-imine, trifluoroacetate salt --~N H
.TFA
The product of Example 18 (1.3 g, 4.6 mmole), 5% rhodium/carbon (400 mg), ethanol (30 mL) and glacial acetic acid (30 mL) were shaken on a Parr hydrogenator at 55 psi of hydrogen overnight.
The reaction contents were filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo leaving an oil (l.1 g). The oil was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography eluting with a CH3CN/H2O to give the title product as an oil (701 mg, 54 yield).
Mass spectral analysis for CgH18N2O: M+H = 171.
H NMR (CDCl3): ~ 9.90 (s, lH); 9.50 (s, lH); 8.90 (s, lH); 4.00 - 3.40 (m, 6H); 3.00 - 2.70 (m, 2H); 1.80 - 1.20 (m, 6H); 1.00 -0.80 (m, 3H).
Example 43 hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepine-3-eth~n~m;ne, bis(trifluoroacetate) salt '~' .2TFA
Example 43 A) To 2-nitroethanol (Aldrich, 50 mL, 0.7 mol) in CH2C12 (50 mL) was added dropwise acetyl chloride (53.3 mL, 0.75 mol) n CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The contents were stirred overnight, _ 62 -washed with water, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo leaving 1-acetyl-2-nitroethanol as a light yellow oil (86 g).
Example 43 B) A sample of tetrahydropyran-4-one (Aldrich, 30 g, 0.3 mol) and morpholine (Aldrich~ 30.5 mL, 0.35 mol) were refluxed in benzene (500 mL~ for 3 hr with a Dean Stark trap to collect the water. The contents were allowed to cool and were concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (250 mL) and added dropwise to a solution of the 1-acetyl-2-nitroethanol product of Exam.ple 48 A (46.6 g, 0.35 mol) in acetonitrile (250 mL) at -20 ~C. The reaction contents were stirred overnight coming to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between Et2O and water The ether layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo leaving an oil. The oil was distilled on a Kugelrohr apparatus at 100 ~C (0.1 mm) to give 2-nitroethyltrahydropyran-4-one as an oil which p~rtially solidified (20.9 g).
Example 43 C) The 2-Nitroethyltetrahydropyran-4-one product of Exa~ple 43 B, hydroxylamine-O-sulfonic acid, and formic acid (98%) are refluxed for 0.5 hr. The contents are allowed to cool and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water. The CH2Cl2 layer is dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography to give 3-(2-nitroethyl)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine.
Example 43 D) To the 3-(2-nitroethyl)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 43 C in CH2C12 (25 mL) is added Me30+BF4~ and the contents are stirred overnight.
After concentrating in vacuo, the residue is dissolved in methanol (25 mL) and anhydrous ammonia is bubbled through the solution. Contents are stoppered and stirred 72 hours.
Contents are concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography eluting with a CH3CN/H2O
gradient (0.05~ TFA) to give 3-(2-nitroethyl)-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine.
Example 43) A sample of the 3-(2-Nitroethyl)-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 43 C and palladium black in ethanol are shaken at 55 psi hydrogen on a Parr hydrogenation apparatus overnight. The contents are filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue ~63-CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096/3S677 PCT~S96/06831 is purified by C-i8 reverse phase chromatography to give the title compound.
Example 44 (~) 3a-methoxy-4a-methyl-5a-pentylpyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride MeO~ CH3 /~ _ HN N HCI
lo H
Example 44 was prepared from Example 45e, iodomethane, and sodium hydride. The synthesis of Example 44 is completed in the mAnn~r described in Example 45.
Example 45 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-Sa-pentyl-3a-pyrrolidinol, monohydrochloride H
HNlN ~
Example 45A) To a stirring solutlon of methyl crotonate 25 (3.28 g, 32.8 mmol) and nitromethane (1.08 g, 16.0 mmol) in 20 mL of CH3CN was added DBU (2.39 mL, 16.0 mL). After 72 h, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in EtOAc. The EtOAc solution was washed with 0.5 N HCl and brine, was dried over Na2SO4 anhydrous, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by colum~n chromatography to give 3.05 g.
WO 96/3S677 PCI~/US96/06831 _xample 45B,C) Example 45A (34 g, 0.15 mol) was reducea under catalytic hydrogenation conditions using Raney Ni ~n MeOH. After heating the reaction mixture for 16 h at 55 C, the solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude lactam was separated by column chromatography into the cis (45B) and tr~ns (45C) lactam.
Example 45D) A stirring solution of Example 45B (20 g, 0.12 mol), (BocO)20 (38.7 g, 0.18 mol), ~MAP (14.4 g, 0.12 mol) in 500 mL of THF was heated at reflux for 3 h. After concen~rating reaction under vacuum, the residue was taken up in EtOAc and washed with KHSO4 and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and stripped. The crude product was purified by column chromatography to yield 31 g.
15 Example 45E) To a stirring solution of Exa~ple 45D (2.7 g, 9.9 mmol) and HMPA (1.8 g, 10.0 mmol) in 15 mL of THF cooled to -70 'C was added lithium hexamethyldisilazide (1.7 g, 10.0 mmol). After 20 min, the reaction was warmed to -40 C and cooled again to -70 C. To the stirring reaction was added 20 (R)-(-)-(camphorsulphonyl)oxaziridine (2.4 g, 10.4 mmol) in 7 mL of THF. After stirring at -70 C for 30 min, the reaction was warmed to -30 C and stirred an additional 2.5 h. To the reaction was added saturated NH4Cl solution followed by EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and stripped. The crude product was purified by column chromatography to yield 1.3 g of 3-hydroxylactam.
Example 45F) To a solution of Example 45E (1.3 g) in CH2Cl2 was added TFA (6 mL). After 2 h, the reaction was concntrated under vacuum to give 0.85 g of product.
Example 45G) To a stirring solution of Example 45F (0.85 g, 4.6 mmol) and imidazole (0.35 g, 4.6 mmol) in 15 mL was added t-butyldimethylsilylchloride (0.70 g, 4.6 mmol). After 18 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under high vacuum. To~ 35 the residue was added EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with KHCO3 solution, H2O, and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and stripped to yield 1.1 g of product.
Example 45H) A solution of Example 45G (1.1 g, 3.7 mmol) and trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (0.6 g, 4.7 mmol) in 30 mL
WO 9613S677 PCI~/US96106831 was stirred for 72 h at ambient temperature. Afte~ remo~ing solvent under vacuum, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc.
The organic layer was washed with KHCO3 solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and stripped to yield 1 g of product.
Exampie 45I) Example 45H (1 g) in MeOH w s treated with NH4Cl (O.3 g) under 12 Kbar Ot pressure. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was taken up in CH2Cl2, filtered, and stripped to give 0.8 g of product.
Example 45) To a solution of Example 45I (0.8 g) in 40 mL of MeOH was added 10 mL of 1 N HCl. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between 0.05 N HCl and CH2C12. The aqueous layer stripped. The residue was purified by chromatography on a reverse phase C-18 column to give two alcohols. The first eluting was Example 46 and the second eluting was Example 45.
Elemental analysis: CloH2oN2o 1 HC1 ~0.2 H20 (MW=224.35) C H N Cl C~lculated: 53.80 9.61 12.49 15.80 Found: 53.80 9.47 12.14 15.46 Example 46 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-5a-pentyl-3~-pyrrolidinol, monohydrochloride H
~' HN ~ ~ "'"~~~~'~' .HCI H
The synthesis and isolation of Example 46 was described _~.
Example 45.
Elemental analysis: C10H2oN2o-l HCl 0.2 H20 (MW=224.35) C H N Cl Calculated: 53.80 9.61 12.49 15.80 ~ound: 53.78 9.37 12.14 15.78 e CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096l35677 PCT~S96/06831 Example 47 (') 2-imino-5a-pentyl-4~-(t~ifluoromethyl)-3a-pyrrolidinol, monohydrochloride H ~ ~CF3 HN
.HCl Example 47A) A suspension of ethyl 4,4,4-trifluorocrotonate (10.0 g, 59 mmol), 1-nitrohexane (7.86 g, 60 mmol), K2CO3 (4.1 g), and Aliquot 336 ( 6 drops) was sonicated for 5 h. To the reaction was added Et20 (200 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered, extracted with brine, dried over Na2SO4 (anhydrous), filtered, and concen~rated under reduced pressure to give a yellow liguid. The product was purified by column chromatography to give 13.8 g (77~).
Example 47B,C) A solution o~ Example 47A (13.0 g) in MeOH
was reduced under catalytic hydrogenation conditions (60 psi, C) using Raney nickel. The reaction was heated for 8 h to effect cyclization after reduction of the nitro group.
After concentration of the reaction mixture under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by column chromatography to give 9.0 g of a light yellow liquid. A second column was run to separate the cis (47B) and trans lactam (47C).
_xample 47D) Example 47C was treated in the manner desc~ibed in Example 45D and following to prepare Example 47.
_lemental analysis: CloH17N2F30 ~ 1 HCl (MW=274.71) Calculated: 43.72 6.60 10.20 12.91 -ound: 43.62 6.44 10.15 12.73 W096t3S677 PCT~S96/06831 Example 48 hexahyàro-5-imino-~-Phenyl-1,4-oxazepine-3-eth~n~mine, bis(t-lfluoroacetate) salt H2N~H~NH
TFA
~he title product is prepared according to the procedure of Example 43, using ~-nitrostyrene instead of 1-acetyl-2-nitroethanol to afford the title product.
Example 49 N-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrol-5-yl)hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepine-3-ethAn~mine, bis(trifluoroacetate) salt O
C~H~H NH
.~TFA
_xample 43 is allowed to react with 2-methoxypyrroline to a~ford _he t tle product.
Example 50 3-[[2-(hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-3-yl)ethyl]amino]alanine, ~ris(~_ifluoroacetate) salt - =
CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
wOg6/35677 PCT~S96/06831 .3TFA ~ ~
HO2C~--H~--H NH
., NH2 rxample 50 A) Example 43 is allowed to react with ~-CBZ-dehydroalanine methyl ester to afford the protected title produc_.
Exampie 50) Removal of the CBZ protecting group from Example 50 A by hydrogenation followed by acid hydrolysis affords the title produc~.
Example 51 3-~2-(hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-3-yl)-2-pnenylethyl]amino]alanine, tris(trifluoroacetate) salt .3TFA ~ ~
HO2C ~N~HN NH
NH2 ~3 Example 51 A) Example 48 is allowed to react ~ith N-CBZ-dehydroalanine methyl ester to afford the protected title product.
Example 51) Removal of the Cr3Z protecting group from example 51a by hydrogenation followed by acid hydrolysis affords the itle product.
Example 52 2-(hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-3-yl)cyclohexAnAm;ne, bis(t-ifluoroacetate) salt _69 CA 02218360 1997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 NH2 ~ ?~
~H NH
. 'TFA
~he ti.le product is prepared by the method of Example 43 using ,-nit_ocyclonexanol in place of 2-nitroethanol.
~70-CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S9C~'Q~l Example 53 ~-cyclopropylhexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepine-3-eth~n~m;ne, bis(tr-fluoroacetate) salt ..
~~~ ~
.2TFA
Example 53 A) 2-nitro-2-cyclopropylethanol is prepared f_om cyclopropylcarboxaldehyde via the Henry reaction.
Example 53) The title product is prepared by the method of Example 43 using the 2-nitro-2-cyclopropylethanol produc. of Example 53 A in place of 2-nitroethanol.
Example 54 a-ethylhexahydro-5-imino-~-methyl-1,4-oxazepine-3-eth~n~m;ne, bis(trifluoroacetate) salt ~~ ~' .2TFA
?he ti~le product is preparea by the method of Example 43 usin 3-nit-o-4-hydroxypentane in piace of 2-nitroethanol.
~ ~xample 55 - 2-(hexanydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-3-yl)cyclohex~n~;ne, bis(t- fluoroacetate) salt -7l-CA 02218360 1997-11-lo W096/35677 PCT~Ss'~
NH2 ~ ~
~N~NH
.2TFA
rxample 55 A) Tetrahydropyran-4-one is allowed to react with o-nitrobenzyl ~romide under basic conditions to give 2-(o-nitrobenzyl)tetrahydropyran-4-one.
Example 55 B) The 2-(o-nitrobenzyl)tetrahydropyran-4-one product of Example 55 A is carried on as in Example 43c-d to give 3-(o-nitrobenzyl)-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine.
Example 55) The 3-(o-nitrobenzyl)-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine product of Example 55 A is reduced under hydrogen atmosphere utilizing platinum oxide catalyst to afford the title product.
Example 56 hexahydro-5-imino-~-(2-thienyl)-1,4-oxazepine-3-eth~n~mine, bis(trifluoroacetate) salt H2N~--N NH
[~S .~TFA
Lhe ti.le material is prepared according to the procedure of _xampie 48 using 1-nitro-2-(2-thiophenyl)ethene.
Example 57 a-aminonexahydro-5-imino-~-(2-thienyl)-l~4-oxazepine-3-pro2anc:
- 30 acid, ~is(t~ifluoroacetate) salt W096/35677 PCT~S~6/0 O
H 02C ~ ) H2N~--HN~N H
~S .2TFA
., S Example 58 a- (aminomet:~yl)hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepine-3-methanoi, bis(t-ifluoroacetate) salt '~' H2N~H NH
o O H .2TFA
Example 59 8-imino-3,7-diazaspiro~5.6]dodecan-9-ol, dihydrochloride OH
~--H~NH
H N . 2HCl ,-(Spiro-4-piperidinyl-N-Z)caprolactam is treated as desc-ibed n Example 34 to give the tille compound.
Example 60 3-(2-aminoethyl)hexahyaro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-6-oi, bis(t-ifluoroacetate) salt CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S9'~~B~I
f ,_O H
, /~HN
., H2N
_xample 60 A) The produc~ of Example 43C is reacted as in _xample 39 to afford 3-(2-nitroethyl)hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol.
~xample 60) 3-(2-nitroethyl)hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol ,s reduced as in Example 43 to afford the title compound.
Example 61 hexahydro-5-imino-3-[2-[~2-pyrrolidinylidene)amino]ethyl]-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol, bis(trifluoroacetate) salt N H
~H H
The product of Example 60 is reacted as in Example 49 to afford the title compound.
Example 62 -(2-amino-1-phenylethyl)hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-oxazepin-6-ol, ~is(t-ifluoroacetate) salt CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 --N~N H
H
~3 Example 62 A) 3-(2-Nitro-1-phenylethyl)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine is prepared as in Example 43, using ~-nitrostyrene instead of 1-acetyl-2-nitroethanol.
Exampie 62 B) 3-(2-Nitro-1-phenylethyl)-5-oxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine is reacted as in Example 39 to afford 3-(2-nitro-1-phenylethyl)-6-hydroxy-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine.
Example 62) 3-(2-Nitro-1-phenylethyl)-6-hydroxy-5-imino-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine is reduced as in Example 43 to afford the title compound.
Example 63 (+) 2-imino-4a-(trifluoromethyl)-5~-pentylpyrrolidin-3a-ol HO ~CF3 HN~
_xamp;e 63 's synthesized ar.d isolated _rom Example 47.
Example 64 (_) 2-imino-4~-(trifluorome~hyl)-5~-pentylpyr-olidin-3a-ol _75-W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 HO~ ~CF3 HN~
., H HCI
_xample 54 is prepared from Example 47B in the manner descriDed in Example 47.
Example 65 (+) 2-imino-4a-(trifluoromethyl)-5a-pentylpyrrolidin-3a HO~ CF3 I \
HN~N~--H HCI
Example 65 is prepared from Example 47B in the manner described in Example 47.
Example 66 (+) 2-imino-4~-methyl-5a-pentylpyrrolidin-3a-ol HO~ ~CH3 HN~--/--H HCI
_xample 66 is prepared from Example 45C in the manner described in Example 45.
Example 67 (=) 2-imino-4a-methyl-5~-pentylpyrro'idin-3~-ol _76--W096/3~677 PCT~S9C10 HO~ &H3 r~
HN~N~
H HCI
_xampie 67 is prepared from Example 45C in the manner described in Example 45.
Example ~8 (+) 5a-(3-aminopropyl)2-imino-4a-methylpyrrolidin-3a-ol~
dihydrochloride HO~ CH3 HN~--/NH2 H HCI
Example 69 (+) 5a-(3-aminobutyl)-2-imino-4a-methylpyrrolidin-3a-ol~
dihydrochloride HO~_~CH3 HN N~/NH2 Example 70 (+) a-amino-4a-hydroxy-5-imino-3a-methylpyrrolidine-2a-2utanol, dihydrochloride CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 HO~ CH3 HN~N~NH2 H HCI OH
Example 71 (+) me~hyl a-amino-4a-hydroxy-5-imino-3a-methylpyrrolidin 2a-butanoate, dihydrochloride HO~ &H3 HN~ ~,NH2 H HCI COOMe Example 72 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-5a-pentylpyrrolidin-3a-amine, dihydrochloride H2~ CH3 HN~----H HCI
_xample 72 -s prepared from Example 45E and Boc2~Hby '~itsunobu reaction conditions. The synthesis of Example 72 is co.npleted in the manner desc-ibed in Example 45.
Example 73 (H 5-imino-4a-methyl-2a-pen=ylpyrrolidin-3a-Ol, monohydroch_oride 7a-CA 022l8360 l997-ll-lO
W096/35677 PCT~S9C/0~~~1 H3C~ 0H
HN~N~
H HCI
Example 74 (+) 5-imino-3a,4a-dimethylpyrrolidin-2a-prop~n~ine, dihydroch oride H3C~ ~CH3 HN~ NH2 H HCI
o Example 75 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-5a-pentylpyrrolidine-3a-carboxylic aci.d, monohydrochloride HOOC~ CH3 HN~ N----H HCI
Example 76 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-5a-pentylpyrrolidine-3a-methanol, monohydrochloride HOH2C~ CH3 HN~N ~
H HCI
W096t3S677 PCT~S96/06831 Example 77 (+) 5a-[3-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazoi-2-yi)propyl] -2-imino-~a-methyipyrrolidin-3a-ol, dihydrochloride S
HO~ ~CH3 HN~>
HN~N'\--J_ N
H HCI
Example 78 (+) 5a-[3-(lH-imidazol-2-yl)propyl]-2-imino-4a-methylpyrrolidin-3a-ol, dihydrochloride HN~
H HCI
Example 79 (+) sa- [ 3-amino-3-(lH-imidazol-2-yl)propyl]-2-imino-4a-methylpyrrolidin-3a-ol, trihydrochloride HO~ CH3 HN/~
~=N
HN~ N~
Example 80 (+) 2-imino-4a-methyl-Sa-[3-,(pheryimet:yl)amino]propyl]pyrrolidin-3a-ol, dihydrocnio~ide e CA 022l8360 l997-ll-l0 W096/3S677 PCT~S9G/0~Q~l HO~ ,CH3 HN~/- H--H
Example 80 A) cis and trans-5-[(1,3-dioxol~n-2-yl)methy:]-4-(methyl)pyr~olidin-2-one was prepared in the manner desc_ibed in R. Ohrle n, W. Schwab, R. Ehrler, 'J. Jager, Synthesis l9g6, 535-538) starting with 1,1-dimethoxy-3-nitropropane and methyl crotonate.
Example 80 3,C) Example 80 A was reduced under catalytic hydrogenation conditions using Raney Ni in MeOH. After heating the reaction mixture for 16 h at 55 C, the solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude lactam was separated by column chromatography into the cis (80 s) and trans (80C) lactam.
Example 80 D) A stirring solution of Example 80 B , (BocO)2O, DMAP in THF is heated at reflux for 3 h. After concentrating reaction under vacuum, the residue is taken up in EtOAc and washed with KHSO4 and brine. The organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and stripped. The crude product is purified by column chromatography.
Example 80 E) To a stirring solution of Example 80 D and XMPA in THF cooled to -70 ~C is added lithium hexamethyldisilazide. After 20 min, the reaction is warmed to -40 C and cooled again to -70 C. To the stirring reaction is added (R)-(-)-(camphorsulphonyl)oxaziridine in THF. Afte- stirring at -~0 C for 30 min, the reaction s warmed to -_0 C and stirred an additional 2.5 h. To the react-on is added saturated NH4Cl soiution followed by E~OAc.
The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over anhyd-ous ~ 30 ~a~SO~, fi'_ered, and stripped. The crude product is purifiec by column -:-romatography to yield 1.3 g of 3-hydroxylactam.
_xample 80 -) To a stirring solution of Example 80 E in CHC'-is added H~~ and TFA. After stirring for 2 h, the reaction mixture is ~oncentrate~ under reduced pressure. ~he res-due is dissolved in EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with a WO 96/3S677 PCT/US96/0~31 - i ni ml~ of satura~ed NaHCO3, driea ove~ MgSo4, Ciltered, a-.d _oncen~rated under reduced pressure to recover crude aldehyde.
_xampie 80 G) To a sirring solution of Example 80 F in MeOH
-s added NaBH3CN. The reaction is main~ained at pH 4 by _he aadition of HOAc. ~fter stirring for three days, the reac~ion .ixture is concentrated under vacuum. ~o the residue is added : N HCl and EtOAc. After separating the layers, the aqueous phase is neutralized with NaHCO3 and extracted with EtO~c.
~fter concentrating the organic phase, the residue is treated -.;ith 1 N HCl and lyophilized. The resulting solid is purified by reverse phase column chromatography on a C-18 column.
_xample 80 H) The produ-t of Example 80 G is treated with -rimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate in CH2C12 as described in _xample ~5.
_xample 80) A solution of the product of Example 80 H in MeOH
is reacted with ammonium chloride by the method of Example 5 Collowed by chromatography on reverse phase HPLC to generate the title material.
Example 81 4a-methyl-5a-pentyl-3a-(methylthio)pyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride MeS~ CH3 HN~ N~
H HCI
Biological Data ~ he ac.ivity of the abo~Je listed compounas as NO sy.._hase -nhibitors has been determinea in the following assays:
_itrllline .~.ssav ~or Nitric ~xide Svnthase a~-.
CA 02218360 l997-ll-l0 W096/35677 PCT~S96/0~Q~l ~'itr - oxide synthase (NOS~ ac~-v-ly was measurea _y mo--~or~
.he conversion o- [3H]-arginine tO [3H~-cicrulline ('3rea_ and anyde~, Pro~ Natl. Acad. âci. -J.S.~., 87, 682-6~5, la90 and ~isko et al, ~ur. J Ph~m., 233, 119-125, 1993). ;iuman -~duc ble NOS (hiNOS), human endothelial constitut~ve NOS
(hecNOS) and human neuronal consti-utive NOS (hncNOâ) were each cloned from RNA extracted from human tissue. The cDNA for human inducible NOS (hiNOS) was isolated from a ~cDNA library .,;ade rom RNA extracted from a colon sample from a patient wi-h uicerative colitis. The cDNA for human endotheliai cons.itut ve NOS (hecNOS) was isolated from a ~cDNA library made from RNA
extracted from huma~ umbilical vein endothelial cells (H WEC) and the cDNA for human neuronal constitutive NOS (hncNOS) was isola~ed from a ~cDNA library made from RNA extracted from human cerebellum obtained from a cadaver. The recombinant enzymes were expressed in Sf9 insect cells using a baculovirus vector (Rodi et al, in The ~iolo~v of Nitric Oxide. Dt. 4: F~nzvm RiochPm;strv ~nd Immunoloav: Moncada, S., Feelisch, M., 3usse, R., Higgs, E., Eds.; Portland Press Ltd.: London, 1995; pp 447-450). Enzyme activity was isolated from soluble cell extractsand partially purified by DEAE-Sepharose chromatography. To measure NOS activity, 10 ~L of enzyme was added to 40 ~L of 50 mM Tris (pH 7.6) in the presence or absence of test compounds and the reaction initiated by the addition of 50 ~L of a ~eaction mixture cont~in;ng 50 mM Tris (pH 7.6), 2.0 mg/m~
bovine serum albumin, 2.0 mM DTT, 4.0 m~ CaC12, 20 ~M FAD, 100 ~M te-rahydrobiopterin, 0.4-2.0 mM NADPH and 60 ~M L-arg nine containing 0.9 ~Ci of L-[2,3-3H]-arginine. The final concenrration of L-arginine in the assay was 30 ~M. For hecNOâ, and hncNOS, calmodulin was included at a final concentrat-on o-40-10~ nM. ~ollowing incuba~ion at 37~ C for 15 minutes, ~he -eact_on was ~erminated by addition of 300 ~L of cold sto~
buffe_ containing 10 mM EGTA, 00 mM H~PES, pH 5.5 and 1 .-.M
c trul:ine. 3H]-Citrulline was separated by chromatography o..
~owex -0W X-~ cation exchange resin and radioactivity dete~mined .~ith a liqu d scintillation counter. Results are repor-ea --.
mable ~ as ~:e ICso values o~ compounds for hiNOS, hecNOS anc :ncNOâ. Co...pounds giving less than 50% inhibition a~ 10r UM
were repor~ed as having ICso ~alues of >100 ~M and compou.ds _83-W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 givir.g grea-er than 50% inhiDi-ion a~ 100 UM were repor~e~ as :-aving ICso values of <100 ,UM.
W096/3S677 PCT~S96/06831 ~he foliowing Examp;es were assayea wit:- the -ollo:Jins ~esults.
Table I
, IC50 t~M]
~Ex~ple hiNOS hocNOS hncNOS
iO >100 13 cl00 <l00 <l00 18 <lO0 >l00 >l00 15 21 >l00 >l00 >l00 36 >l00 37 <l00 ~l00 <l00 38 >l00 <l00 <l00 39 <l00 >l00 <l00 25 40 <l00 >l00 <l00 41 >l00 >l00 >l00 42 <l00 >l00 <l00 44 >l00 >l00 >l00 <l00 >l00 <l00 ~6 cl00 >l00 <l00 ~7 <l00 >l00 <l00 :~iNoS rerers to human induci~le NOS
_85-W096/35677 PCT~S96/06831 hecNOS refers to human endotheiial constitutive NOS
hncNOa refe-s to human neuronal constitutive NOS
~ rom the foregoing description, one skilled ~n the art can easil~ ascertain the essential characteristics of this -nven-ion, and without depar~ing from the spirit and scope ~hereof, can make various changes and modifications of the inven~ion to adapt it to various usages ar.d conditions.
Claims (15)
1. A compound having the formula:
and salts, and pharmaceutically acceptable esters thereof, wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-Cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, thiol, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, alkylaminoaryl, acylamino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, CONR10R11, S(O)R10, S(O)2R10, SO2NR10R11, PO(OR10)(OR11), amidino, guanidino;
wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, S(O)R10, S(O)2R10, amidino, guanidino;
X = NR2, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 6;
A = NR3, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 6;
B = NR4, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 6;
R2 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
wherein only one of X, A, and B, may be selected from NR2, NR3, or NR4, respectively, O, S, SO, or SO2;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, thiol, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, S(O)R9, S(O)2R9, halogen, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, alkylaminoaryl, acylamino, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboarylalkyloxy, cyano, aminocarbonylalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyl-aminoalkyl, haloalkyl, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R5, R6, may optionally be taken together to form an C3-C10-alicyclic hydrocarbon, C4-C10-heterocyclyl or C4-C16 aromatic hydrocarbon and said optionally formed ring may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following:
C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10alkynyl which may be optionally substituted with carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboxyalkylaryloxy and C1-C10-alkoxy;
R8 = hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyloxy;
R9 = hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyloxy;
R10 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, alkylaryl, aryl;
R11 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, alkylaryl, aryl;
R10 and R11, taken together, may be alkylene, resulting in a N-containing heterocycle;
wherein aryl wherever occuring means a 5- or 6-membered single aromatic radical which may include 0-4 heteroatoms;
with the proviso that when A is (CH2)q and B is (CH2)v, then only one of R1, R5, R6, and R7 can be hydrogen;
with the proviso that when R1 is C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R1 is not substituted by C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10heterocyclyl, and aryl, unless one A, or B is NR2, O, S, SO, SO2;
with the proviso that when A and B are(CH2)p or CH=CH, and R is C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R1 is not substituted by C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10 -heterocyclyl, or aryl and R5 and R6 are not H;
with the further proviso that when X=CH=CH, A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)v and q+v=2, then none of R1, R5, R5 and R7 can be carboxy at the 6-position; and with the further proviso that when X=NH, A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)V and q+v=4, then none of R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be carboxy at the 7-position;
with the further proviso that when A or B is sulfur, R1 cannot be aryl, with the further proviso that when X=CH2, A=S and B=(CH2)v, and v= 1 or 2, one of R5, R6, and R7 is carboxyl at position 6 if v=1, or position 7 if v=2, then at least one of R1, R5, R6 and R7 is not hydrogen;
with the further proviso that when A or B is N, at least one of R1, R5, R6, and R7 is not H;
with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p, A is (CH2)q, and p+q is 2, and B is N, R4 is not alkyl;
with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p A is (CH2)q, p+q is 3, R1, R5, R6, and R7 are each H, B is not SO2;
with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p, A is (CH2)q, B is (CH2)v and p+q+v is 3, or one of B is CH=CH and p+q is 1, then none of R1, R5, R6, and R7 can be a C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, or aryl at position 5, and no more than one of R1, R5, R5 and R7 can be alkoxy or cycloalkoxy at the 5-position.
and salts, and pharmaceutically acceptable esters thereof, wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-Cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, thiol, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, alkylaminoaryl, acylamino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, CONR10R11, S(O)R10, S(O)2R10, SO2NR10R11, PO(OR10)(OR11), amidino, guanidino;
wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, S(O)R10, S(O)2R10, amidino, guanidino;
X = NR2, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 6;
A = NR3, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 6;
B = NR4, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 6;
R2 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
wherein only one of X, A, and B, may be selected from NR2, NR3, or NR4, respectively, O, S, SO, or SO2;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, thiol, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, S(O)R9, S(O)2R9, halogen, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, alkylaminoaryl, acylamino, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboarylalkyloxy, cyano, aminocarbonylalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyl-aminoalkyl, haloalkyl, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R5, R6, may optionally be taken together to form an C3-C10-alicyclic hydrocarbon, C4-C10-heterocyclyl or C4-C16 aromatic hydrocarbon and said optionally formed ring may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following:
C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10alkynyl which may be optionally substituted with carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboxyalkylaryloxy and C1-C10-alkoxy;
R8 = hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyloxy;
R9 = hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyloxy;
R10 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, alkylaryl, aryl;
R11 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, alkylaryl, aryl;
R10 and R11, taken together, may be alkylene, resulting in a N-containing heterocycle;
wherein aryl wherever occuring means a 5- or 6-membered single aromatic radical which may include 0-4 heteroatoms;
with the proviso that when A is (CH2)q and B is (CH2)v, then only one of R1, R5, R6, and R7 can be hydrogen;
with the proviso that when R1 is C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R1 is not substituted by C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10heterocyclyl, and aryl, unless one A, or B is NR2, O, S, SO, SO2;
with the proviso that when A and B are(CH2)p or CH=CH, and R is C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R1 is not substituted by C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10 -heterocyclyl, or aryl and R5 and R6 are not H;
with the further proviso that when X=CH=CH, A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)v and q+v=2, then none of R1, R5, R5 and R7 can be carboxy at the 6-position; and with the further proviso that when X=NH, A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)V and q+v=4, then none of R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be carboxy at the 7-position;
with the further proviso that when A or B is sulfur, R1 cannot be aryl, with the further proviso that when X=CH2, A=S and B=(CH2)v, and v= 1 or 2, one of R5, R6, and R7 is carboxyl at position 6 if v=1, or position 7 if v=2, then at least one of R1, R5, R6 and R7 is not hydrogen;
with the further proviso that when A or B is N, at least one of R1, R5, R6, and R7 is not H;
with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p, A is (CH2)q, and p+q is 2, and B is N, R4 is not alkyl;
with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p A is (CH2)q, p+q is 3, R1, R5, R6, and R7 are each H, B is not SO2;
with the further proviso that when X is (CH2)p, A is (CH2)q, B is (CH2)v and p+q+v is 3, or one of B is CH=CH and p+q is 1, then none of R1, R5, R6, and R7 can be a C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, or aryl at position 5, and no more than one of R1, R5, R5 and R7 can be alkoxy or cycloalkoxy at the 5-position.
2. The compound as recited in Claim 1 wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, thiol, lower thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, CONR10R11, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino; wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = NR2, O, S, (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 4;
A = NR3, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)q, CH=CH, q = 0 to 4;
B = NR4, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 4;
R2 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-aikoxy, thioi, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, amino-carbonylalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonylaminoalkyl, haloalkyl, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, amincalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carbo-alkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkyiaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R5, R6, may optionally be taken together to form a C3-C10-alicyclic hydrocarbon, or C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, thiol, lower thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, CONR10R11, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino; wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = NR2, O, S, (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 4;
A = NR3, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)q, CH=CH, q = 0 to 4;
B = NR4, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 4;
R2 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-aikoxy, thioi, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, amino-carbonylalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonylaminoalkyl, haloalkyl, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, amincalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carbo-alkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkyiaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R5, R6, may optionally be taken together to form a C3-C10-alicyclic hydrocarbon, or C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
3. The compound as recited in Claim 1 wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, halogen, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino; wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, or amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, O, S, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = NR4, O, S, (CH2)y, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aryl-amino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, halogen, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino; wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, or amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, O, S, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = NR4, O, S, (CH2)y, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aryl-amino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
4. The compound as recited in Claim 1 wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carbo-alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = (CH2)p:
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, oxygen, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = O, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aryl-amino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, lower alkoxy;
R3 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carbo-alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = (CH2)p:
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, oxygen, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = O, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aryl-amino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, lower alkoxy;
R3 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
5. The compound as recited in Claim 1 wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyciyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10alkenyl, halogen, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkyl-amino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino.
X = (CH2)p;
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, oxygen, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10alkenyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyciyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10alkenyl, halogen, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkyl-amino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino.
X = (CH2)p;
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, oxygen, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10alkenyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
6. The compound as defined in Claim 1 wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of hexahydro-3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
hexahydro-3,7,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride; hexahydro-4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride; tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, trifluoroacetate salt; 3-(2-butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, trifluoroacetate salt;
hexahydro-1-methyl-5H-1,4-diazepin-5-imine, trifluoroacetate salt; tetrahydro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, monohydrochloride;
tetrahydro-6-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, monohydrochloride; 4,4-di-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
5-pentyl-4,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)pyrroiidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
methyl 2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate, monohydrochloride;
2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid, monohydrochloride;
a-amino-4-hydroxy-5-imino-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-2-butanoic acid, monohy-drochloride;
hexahydro-2-imino-4-methyl-7-(2-propenyl)-1H-azepin-3-ol; 6-butyl-3-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidin-2-imine, monohydrochioride;
6-imino-2,4-dimethylpiperidine-3-methanamine, dihydrochloride;
4,6,6-trimethylpiperidine-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt; and 4,4,6-trimethylpiperidin-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt.
hexahydro-3,7,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride; hexahydro-4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride; tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, trifluoroacetate salt; 3-(2-butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, trifluoroacetate salt;
hexahydro-1-methyl-5H-1,4-diazepin-5-imine, trifluoroacetate salt; tetrahydro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, monohydrochloride;
tetrahydro-6-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, monohydrochloride; 4,4-di-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
5-pentyl-4,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)pyrroiidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
methyl 2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate, monohydrochloride;
2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid, monohydrochloride;
a-amino-4-hydroxy-5-imino-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-2-butanoic acid, monohy-drochloride;
hexahydro-2-imino-4-methyl-7-(2-propenyl)-1H-azepin-3-ol; 6-butyl-3-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidin-2-imine, monohydrochioride;
6-imino-2,4-dimethylpiperidine-3-methanamine, dihydrochloride;
4,6,6-trimethylpiperidine-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt; and 4,4,6-trimethylpiperidin-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt.
7. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound having the formula and salts, and phammaceutically acceptable esters thereof, wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyi, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl. C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, thiol, lower thioalkoxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, alkylaminoaryl, acylamino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, CONR10R11, S(O)R10, S(O)2R10, SO2NR10R11, PO(OR10)(OR11, amidino, guanidino;
wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, S(O)R10, S(O)2R10, amidino, guanidino;
X = NR2, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 6;
A = NR3, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 6;
B = NR4, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 6;
R2 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
wherein only one of X, A, and B, may be selected from NR2, NR3, or NR4, respectively, O, S, SO, or SO2;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, thiol, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, S(O)R9, S(O)2R9, halogen, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, alkylaminoaryl, acylamino, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboarylalkyloxy, cyano, aminocarbonylalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyl-aminoalkyl, haloalkyl, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R5, R6, may optionally be taken together to form an C3-C10-alicyclic hydrocarbon, C4-C10-heterocyclyl or a C4-C16-aromatic hydrocarbon and said optionally formed ring may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following:
C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl which may be optionally substituted with carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboxyalkylaryloxy and lower alkoxy;
R3 = hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyloxy;
R9 = hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyloxy;
R10 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, alkylaryl, aryl;
R11 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, alkylaryl, aryl;
R10 and R11, taken together, may be alkylene, resulting in a N-containing heterocycle;
wherein aryl wherever occuring means a 5- or 6-membered single aromatic radical which may include 0 to 4 heteroatoms;
with the proviso that when A is (CH2)q and B is (CH2)v, then only one of R1, R5, R6, and R7 can be hydrogen;
with the proviso that when R1 is C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R1 cannot be optionally substituted by C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, unless one A, or B is NR2, O, S, SO, SO2;
with the proviso that when A and B are(CH2)p or CH=CH, and R1 is C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R1 is not substituted by C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, or aryl and R5 and R6 are not H;
with the further proviso that when X=(CH2)p; A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)v, p+q+v=3, then no more than one of R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be alkyl, alkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl or cycloalkoxy at the 5-position;
with one further proviso that when X=(CH2)p; A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)v, p+q+v=3, and one of R1, R5, R6 and R7 is an alkyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl or aryl group at the 5-position, then none of the remaining R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be a cyano, substituted amino, alkoxy or thioalkoxy at the 5-position;
with the further proviso that when X=CH=CH, A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)v and q+v=2, then none of R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be carboxy at the 6-position; and with the further proviso that when X=NH, A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)v and q+v=4, then none of R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be carboxy at the 7-position;
together with at least one non-toxic pharmaceutical acceptable carrier.
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyi, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl. C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, thiol, lower thioalkoxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, alkylaminoaryl, acylamino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, CONR10R11, S(O)R10, S(O)2R10, SO2NR10R11, PO(OR10)(OR11, amidino, guanidino;
wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, S(O)R10, S(O)2R10, amidino, guanidino;
X = NR2, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 6;
A = NR3, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 6;
B = NR4, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 6;
R2 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
wherein only one of X, A, and B, may be selected from NR2, NR3, or NR4, respectively, O, S, SO, or SO2;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, thiol, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, S(O)R9, S(O)2R9, halogen, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, alkylaminoaryl, acylamino, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboarylalkyloxy, cyano, aminocarbonylalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyl-aminoalkyl, haloalkyl, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R5, R6, may optionally be taken together to form an C3-C10-alicyclic hydrocarbon, C4-C10-heterocyclyl or a C4-C16-aromatic hydrocarbon and said optionally formed ring may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following:
C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl which may be optionally substituted with carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboxyalkylaryloxy and lower alkoxy;
R3 = hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyloxy;
R9 = hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyloxy;
R10 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, alkylaryl, aryl;
R11 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, alkylaryl, aryl;
R10 and R11, taken together, may be alkylene, resulting in a N-containing heterocycle;
wherein aryl wherever occuring means a 5- or 6-membered single aromatic radical which may include 0 to 4 heteroatoms;
with the proviso that when A is (CH2)q and B is (CH2)v, then only one of R1, R5, R6, and R7 can be hydrogen;
with the proviso that when R1 is C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R1 cannot be optionally substituted by C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, unless one A, or B is NR2, O, S, SO, SO2;
with the proviso that when A and B are(CH2)p or CH=CH, and R1 is C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, or thioalkoxy, R1 is not substituted by C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, or aryl and R5 and R6 are not H;
with the further proviso that when X=(CH2)p; A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)v, p+q+v=3, then no more than one of R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be alkyl, alkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl or cycloalkoxy at the 5-position;
with one further proviso that when X=(CH2)p; A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)v, p+q+v=3, and one of R1, R5, R6 and R7 is an alkyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl or aryl group at the 5-position, then none of the remaining R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be a cyano, substituted amino, alkoxy or thioalkoxy at the 5-position;
with the further proviso that when X=CH=CH, A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)v and q+v=2, then none of R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be carboxy at the 6-position; and with the further proviso that when X=NH, A=(CH2)q, B=(CH2)v and q+v=4, then none of R1, R5, R6 and R7 can be carboxy at the 7-position;
together with at least one non-toxic pharmaceutical acceptable carrier.
8. The composition as recited in Claim 7 wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, thiol, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, CONR10R11, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino; wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = NR2, O, S, (CH2)p, CH=CH
p = 0 to 4;
A = NR3, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 4;
B = NR4, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 4;
R2 = hydrogen, C1-C10-aikyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10- heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, thiol, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, amino-carbonylalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonylaminoalkyl, haioalkyl, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R5, R6, may optionally be taken together to fonm a C3-C10-alicyclic hydrocarbon, or C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R3 = hydrogen;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10- alkyl.
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, thiol, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, CONR10R11, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino; wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = NR2, O, S, (CH2)p, CH=CH
p = 0 to 4;
A = NR3, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 4;
B = NR4, O, S, SO, SO2, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 4;
R2 = hydrogen, C1-C10-aikyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10- heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, thiol, C1-C10-thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, amino-carbonylalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonylaminoalkyl, haioalkyl, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, carboalkylaryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R5, R6, may optionally be taken together to fonm a C3-C10-alicyclic hydrocarbon, or C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R3 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R3 = hydrogen;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10- alkyl.
9. The composition as recited in Claim 7 wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, halogen, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino; wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, or amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, O, S, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = NR4, O, S, (CH2)y, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkcxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aryl-amino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyll aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, halogen, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino; wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, or amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = (CH2)p, CH=CH;
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, O, S, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = NR4, O, S, (CH2)y, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R4 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkcxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aryl-amino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, carboaryloxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyll aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
10. The compound as recited in Claim 8 wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyi, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino;
wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = (CH2)p:
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, oxygen, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = O, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently seiected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10- alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10- alkyl.
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyi, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino;
wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: halogen, C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amidino, guanidino;
X = (CH2)p:
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, oxygen, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = O, (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independently seiected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C2-C10-alkynyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10- alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10- alkyl.
11. The composition as recited in Claim 7 wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, halogen, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkyl-amino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino.
X = (CH2)p;
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, oxygen, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independendly selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
R1 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, alkyloxy, thioalkoxy, C3-C10-cycloalkyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, and aryl, which may optionally be substituted by C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, halogen, aryl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkyl-amino, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, SO2NR10R11, amidino, guanidino.
X = (CH2)p;
p = 0 to 3;
A = NR3, oxygen, (CH2)q, CH=CH;
q = 0 to 3;
B = (CH2)v, CH=CH;
v = 0 to 3;
R3 = hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, aryl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl;
R5, R6, R7 are independendly selected from hydrogen, C1-C10-alkyl, C2-C10-alkenyl, C4-C10-heterocyclyl, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, aminoaryl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, aminocarbonylamino, SO2NR10R11, wherein all said substitutions may be optionally substituted with one or more of the following: C1-C10-alkyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl, carboalkoxy, hydroxy, C1-C10-alkoxy;
R8 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R9 = hydrogen or hydroxy;
R10 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl; and R11 = hydrogen or C1-C10-alkyl.
12. The composition as defined in Claim 11 wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of hexahydro-3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
hexahydro-3,7,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
hexahydro-4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, trifluoroacetate salt; 3-(2-butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, trifluoroacetate salt;
hexahydro-1-methyl-5H-1,4-diazepin-5-imine, trifluoroacetate salt;
tetrahydro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, monohydrochloride;
tetrahydro-6-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, monohydrochloride;
4,4-dimethyl-5-pentylpyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride, 5-pentyl-4,4-ois(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride; methyl 2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate, monohydrochloride;
2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid, monohydrochloride;
a-amino-4-hydroxy-5-imino-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-2-butanoic acid, monohydrochloride; hexahydro-2-imino-4-methyl-7-(2-propenyl)-1H-azepin-3-ol;
6-butyl-3-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
6-imino-2,4-dimethylpiperidine-3-methanamine, dihydrochloride;
4,6,6-trimethylpiperidine-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt; and 4,4,6-trimethylpiperidin-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt.
hexahydro-3,7,7-trimethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
hexahydro-4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-2H-azepin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, trifluoroacetate salt; 3-(2-butenyl)tetrahydro-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, trifluoroacetate salt;
hexahydro-1-methyl-5H-1,4-diazepin-5-imine, trifluoroacetate salt;
tetrahydro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, monohydrochloride;
tetrahydro-6-(2-methoxyethyl)-1,4-oxazepin-5(2H)-imine, monohydrochloride;
4,4-dimethyl-5-pentylpyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride, 5-pentyl-4,4-ois(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride; methyl 2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate, monohydrochloride;
2-imino-4-methyl-5-pentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid, monohydrochloride;
a-amino-4-hydroxy-5-imino-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrrolidine-2-butanoic acid, monohydrochloride; hexahydro-2-imino-4-methyl-7-(2-propenyl)-1H-azepin-3-ol;
6-butyl-3-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidin-2-imine, monohydrochloride;
6-imino-2,4-dimethylpiperidine-3-methanamine, dihydrochloride;
4,6,6-trimethylpiperidine-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt; and 4,4,6-trimethylpiperidin-2-imine, trifluoroacetate salt.
13. Use of a composition of claims 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 for preparing a medicament for inhibiting nitric oxide synthesis in a subject in need of such inhibition.
14. Use of a composition of claims 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 for preparing a medicament for selectively inhibiting nitric oxide synthesis produced by inducible nitric oxide synthase over nitric oxide produced by the endothelial constitutive form of nitric oxide synthase in a subject in need of such inhibition.
15. Use of a composition of claims 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 for preparing a medicament for lowering nitric oxide levels in a subject in need of such.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US43832195A | 1995-05-10 | 1995-05-10 | |
US438,321 | 1995-05-10 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2218360A1 true CA2218360A1 (en) | 1996-11-14 |
Family
ID=23740193
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002218360A Abandoned CA2218360A1 (en) | 1995-05-10 | 1996-05-09 | Nitric oxide synthase inhibitors derived from cyclic amidines |
Country Status (12)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0824523A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JPH11511741A (en) |
KR (1) | KR19990014671A (en) |
CN (1) | CN1190390A (en) |
AU (1) | AU712995B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR9608133A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2218360A1 (en) |
MX (1) | MX9708631A (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ307950A (en) |
TW (1) | TW415941B (en) |
WO (1) | WO1996035677A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA963742B (en) |
Families Citing this family (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6043358A (en) | 1995-11-01 | 2000-03-28 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-heteroazepine derivatives as inhibitors of nitric oxide synthases |
GB9524526D0 (en) * | 1995-11-30 | 1996-01-31 | Zeneca Ltd | Chemical process |
AU5813098A (en) * | 1997-01-09 | 1998-08-03 | G.D. Searle & Co. | Attenuation of opioid tolerance by inhibiting inducible nitric oxide synthase pathways in the treatment of pain |
US6110930A (en) * | 1997-04-10 | 2000-08-29 | Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Condensed piperidine compound |
US6552052B2 (en) | 1998-06-10 | 2003-04-22 | Monsanto/G.D. Searle | Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,2,4] thiadiazoles and Pyrollo[2,1-c][1,12,4]oxadiazoles useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors |
EP1086108A1 (en) | 1998-06-10 | 2001-03-28 | G.D. Searle & Co. | Heterobicyclic and tricyclic nitric oxide synthase inhibitors |
SE9901530D0 (en) * | 1999-04-28 | 1999-04-28 | Astra Pharma Prod | Novel compounds |
ES2256223T3 (en) | 2000-03-24 | 2006-07-16 | Pharmacia Corporation | AMIDINOCOMPUESTOS USEFUL AS INHIBITORS OF NITRICO SINTASA OXIDE. |
US6787668B2 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2004-09-07 | Pharmacia Corporation | 2-amino-4,5 heptenoic acid derivatives useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors |
AR034120A1 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2004-02-04 | Pharmacia Corp | HALOGENATED DERIVATIVE COMPOUND OF HEPTENOIC ACID 2-AMINO-4,5, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES IT AND THE USE OF SUCH COMPOUND AND SUCH COMPOSITION IN THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT TO INHIBIT OR MODULATE NITRIC ACID SYNTHESIS |
AR032318A1 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2003-11-05 | Pharmacia Corp | HALOGENATED DERIVATIVE COMPOUND OF HEPTENOIC ACID 2-AMINO-5,6; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES IT AND ITS USE IN THE MANUFACTURE OF A USEFUL MEDICINAL PRODUCT AS AN INHIBITOR OF NITRICAL SYNTHEASE OXIDE |
US6545170B2 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2003-04-08 | Pharmacia Corporation | 2-amino-5, 6 heptenoic acid derivatives useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors |
AR030416A1 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2003-08-20 | Pharmacia Corp | HALOGENATED DERIVATIVE COMPOUND OF HEPTENOIC ACID 2-AMINO-3,4, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES IT AND ITS USE IN THE MANUFACTURE OF A USEFUL MEDICINAL PRODUCT AS AN INHIBITOR OF SYNTHETIC NITRIC OXIDE |
US6956131B2 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2005-10-18 | Pharmacia Corporation | 2-amino-3, 4 heptenoic compounds useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors |
US7012098B2 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2006-03-14 | Pharmacia Corporation | Inhibitors of inducible nitric oxide synthase for chemoprevention and treatment of cancers |
JPWO2003022309A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2004-12-24 | 小野薬品工業株式会社 | Allergic disease treatment |
JP5662431B2 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2015-01-28 | エラスムス・ユニヴァーシティ・メディカル・センター・ロッテルダム | Targeted nanophotomedicine for photodynamic therapy of cancer |
WO2011038204A1 (en) | 2009-09-25 | 2011-03-31 | N30 Pharmaceuticals, Llc | Novel dihydropyrimidin-2(1h)-one compounds as s-nitrosoglutathione reductase inhibitors |
ES2550939T3 (en) | 2010-07-16 | 2015-11-13 | Nivalis Therapeutics, Inc. | New dihydropyridin-2- (1H) -one compounds as S-nitrosoglutathione reductase inhibitors and neurocinin-3 receptor antagonists |
WO2012039718A1 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2012-03-29 | N30 Pharmaceuticals, Llc | Novel dihydropyrimidin-2(1h)-one compounds as neurokinin-3 receptor antagonists |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2049582A (en) * | 1931-11-04 | 1936-08-04 | Rohm & Haas | Amidines |
US3121093A (en) * | 1962-08-31 | 1964-02-11 | Rohm & Haas | Substituted iminopyrrolidines |
EP0724570B1 (en) * | 1993-10-21 | 1999-03-03 | G.D. Searle & Co. | Amidino derivatives useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors |
US5629322A (en) * | 1994-11-15 | 1997-05-13 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Cyclic amidine analogs as inhibitors of nitric oxide synthase |
-
1996
- 1996-05-09 NZ NZ307950A patent/NZ307950A/en unknown
- 1996-05-09 JP JP8534320A patent/JPH11511741A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1996-05-09 WO PCT/US1996/006831 patent/WO1996035677A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1996-05-09 MX MX9708631A patent/MX9708631A/en unknown
- 1996-05-09 BR BR9608133A patent/BR9608133A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1996-05-09 EP EP96915767A patent/EP0824523A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1996-05-09 AU AU57454/96A patent/AU712995B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1996-05-09 KR KR1019970708012A patent/KR19990014671A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1996-05-09 CN CN96195400A patent/CN1190390A/en active Pending
- 1996-05-09 CA CA002218360A patent/CA2218360A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1996-05-10 ZA ZA963742A patent/ZA963742B/en unknown
- 1996-08-06 TW TW085109538A patent/TW415941B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
NZ307950A (en) | 1999-06-29 |
BR9608133A (en) | 1999-02-09 |
AU712995B2 (en) | 1999-11-18 |
EP0824523A1 (en) | 1998-02-25 |
WO1996035677A1 (en) | 1996-11-14 |
TW415941B (en) | 2000-12-21 |
ZA963742B (en) | 1997-07-09 |
MX9708631A (en) | 1998-02-28 |
AU5745496A (en) | 1996-11-29 |
KR19990014671A (en) | 1999-02-25 |
JPH11511741A (en) | 1999-10-12 |
CN1190390A (en) | 1998-08-12 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2218360A1 (en) | Nitric oxide synthase inhibitors derived from cyclic amidines | |
US6448286B1 (en) | Imino pyrrolidine derivatives useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors | |
US5629322A (en) | Cyclic amidine analogs as inhibitors of nitric oxide synthase | |
AU712315B2 (en) | Cyclic amidino agents useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors | |
US5705640A (en) | O-carbamoyl-(d)-phenylalaninol compounds, their pharmaceutically useful salts and process for preparing the same | |
EP0749418B1 (en) | L-n6 -(1-iminoethyl)lysine derivatives useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors | |
WO2008065500A2 (en) | Heteroaryl amides as type i glycine transport inhibitors | |
AU700078B2 (en) | Hexahydro-5-imino-1,4-heteroazepine derivatives as inhibitors of nitric oxide synthases | |
WO2021204800A1 (en) | Difluorocyclohexyl derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
HRP20000595A2 (en) | Halogenated amidino amino acid derivatives useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors | |
SK285909B6 (en) | Derivatives and analogues of galanthamin, method for their preparation, their use for producing medicament, method for preparing that medicament, and method for separating the (+) and (-) isomers of racemic derivatives and analogues of galanthamin | |
WO1997010204A1 (en) | L-n6-(1-iminoethyl)lysine derivatives useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors | |
WO2024017880A1 (en) | Imidazotriazine derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
US6136829A (en) | Oxathiadiazole derivatives usful as iNOS inhibitors | |
ES2313358T3 (en) | TETRAS REPLACED IMIDAZOL DERIVATIVES AS MODULATORS OF THE CANNABINOID CB1 RECEIVER WITH A HIGH SELECTED SUBTIPE BY THE RECEIVER CB1 / CB2. | |
US6552052B2 (en) | Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,2,4] thiadiazoles and Pyrollo[2,1-c][1,12,4]oxadiazoles useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors | |
US6489323B1 (en) | Heterobicyclic and tricyclic nitric oxide synthase inhibitors | |
MXPA00008764A (en) | Halogenated amidino amino acid derivatives useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors | |
WO2000031061A1 (en) | 2-oxoimidazole derivatives | |
JPH06271576A (en) | Manufacturing of imidazole derivative |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20070509 |